Changeset 286 for branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages
- Timestamp:
- Jun 24, 2009, 5:09:21 PM (16 years ago)
- Location:
- branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages
- Files:
-
- 56 edited
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/eventlogadm.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>eventlogadm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="eventlogadm.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>eventlogadm — push records into the Samba event log store</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> [<code class="option">-d</code>] [<code class="option">-h</code>] <code class="option">-o</code>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>eventlogadm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="eventlogadm.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>eventlogadm — push records into the Samba event log store</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> [<code class="option">-d</code>] [<code class="option">-h</code>] <code class="option">-o</code> 2 2 <code class="literal">addsource</code> 3 3 <em class="replaceable"><code>EVENTLOG</code></em> … … 7 7 <code class="literal">write</code> 8 8 <em class="replaceable"><code>EVENTLOG</code></em> 9 </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90839"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> is a filter that accepts9 </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483393"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> is a filter that accepts 10 10 formatted event log records on standard input and writes them 11 11 to the Samba event log store. Windows client can then manipulate 12 these record using the usual administration tools.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58937"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-d</code></span></dt><dd><p>12 these record using the usual administration tools.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483538"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-d</code></span></dt><dd><p> 13 13 The <code class="literal">-d</code> option causes <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> to emit debugging 14 14 information. … … 32 32 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-h</code></span></dt><dd><p> 33 33 Print usage information. 34 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59051"></a><h2>EVENTLOG RECORD FORMAT</h2><p>For the write operation, <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>34 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483654"></a><h2>EVENTLOG RECORD FORMAT</h2><p>For the write operation, <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> 35 35 expects to be able to read structured records from standard 36 36 input. These records are a sequence of lines, with the record key … … 81 81 </p></li><li><p> 82 82 <code class="literal">DAT</code> - This field should be left unset. 83 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99775"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>An example of the record format accepted by <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>:</p><pre class="programlisting">83 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481525"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>An example of the record format accepted by <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 84 84 LEN: 0 85 85 RS1: 1699505740 … … 104 104 my_program_to_parse_into_eventlog_records | \\ 105 105 eventlogadm SystemLogEvents 106 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99816"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299826"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were106 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481575"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481586"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were 107 107 created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the 108 108 Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/findsmb.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>findsmb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="findsmb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>findsmb — list info about machines that respond to SMB2 name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id25 8177"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>findsmb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="findsmb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>findsmb — list info about machines that respond to SMB 2 name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522937"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> 3 3 suite.</p><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> is a perl script that 4 4 prints out several pieces of information about machines … … 7 7 and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> 8 8 to obtain this information. 9 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90798"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <code class="literal">findsmb</code> takes9 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483352"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <code class="literal">findsmb</code> takes 10 10 bugs in Windows95 into account when trying to find a Netbios name 11 11 registered of the remote machine. This option is disabled by default … … 17 17 is run. This value is passed to 18 18 <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> 19 as part of the <code class="constant">-B</code> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58940"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <code class="literal">findsmb</code> lists the following19 as part of the <code class="constant">-B</code> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483543"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <code class="literal">findsmb</code> lists the following 20 20 information for all machines that respond to the initial 21 21 <code class="literal">nmblookup</code> for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name, … … 49 49 192.168.35.93 FROGSTAR-PC [MVENGR] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager] 50 50 192.168.35.97 HERBNT1 *[HERB-NT] [Windows NT 4.0] [NT LAN Manager 4.0] 51 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59027"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of52 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59038"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>,51 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483644"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 52 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483656"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, 53 53 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> 54 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58238"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities54 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483689"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 55 55 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 56 56 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/index.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title></title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="article" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><hr></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="eventlogadm.8.html" target="_top">eventlogadm(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>push records into the Samba event log store 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title></title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="article" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><hr></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="cifs.upcall.8.html" target="_top">cifs.upcall(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Userspace upcall helper for Common Internet File System (CIFS) 2 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="eventlogadm.8.html" target="_top">eventlogadm(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>push records into the Samba event log store 2 3 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="findsmb.1.html" target="_top">findsmb(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>list info about machines that respond to SMB 3 4 name queries on a subnet … … 27 28 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="samba.7.html" target="_top">samba(7)</a></span></dt><dd><p>A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX 28 29 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbcacls.1.html" target="_top">smbcacls(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names 29 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbclient.1.html" target="_top">smbclient(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources 30 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbclient.1.html" target="_top">smbclient(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources 30 31 on servers 31 32 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The configuration file for the Samba suite -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/libsmbclient.7.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>libsmbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="libsmbclient.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>libsmbclient — An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">Browser URL:</code><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>libsmbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="libsmbclient.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>libsmbclient — An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">Browser URL:</code><p> 2 2 smb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options] 3 </p></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id25 8174"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>3 </p></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522934"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 4 4 This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite. 5 5 </p><p> … … 13 13 extension of the capabilities of tools such as file managers and browsers. This man page describes the 14 14 configuration options for this tool so that the user may obtain greatest utility of use. 15 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90796"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>15 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483355"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 16 16 What the URLs mean: 17 17 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">smb://</span></dt><dd><p> … … 45 45 parameter and will use its value when if the <code class="literal">user</code> parameter was not included 46 46 in the URL. 47 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58984"></a><h2>PROGRAMMERS GUIDE</h2><p>47 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483610"></a><h2>PROGRAMMERS GUIDE</h2><p> 48 48 Watch this space for future updates. 49 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58994"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>49 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483621"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p> 50 50 This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite. 51 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59004"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>51 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483632"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 52 52 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. 53 53 Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/lmhosts.5.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258175"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522932"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba 2 2 </em></span> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file. It 3 3 is very similar to the <code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code> file 4 4 format, except that the hostname component must correspond 5 to the NetBIOS naming format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90790"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name.5 to the NetBIOS naming format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483344"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name. 6 6 The two fields on each line are separated from each other by 7 7 white space. Any entry beginning with '#' is ignored. Each line … … 26 26 type for a name "NTSERVER" is queried. Any other name type will not 27 27 be resolved.</p><p>The default location of the <code class="filename">lmhosts</code> file 28 is in the same directory as the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58930"></a><h2>FILES</h2><p>lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is28 is in the same directory as the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483540"></a><h2>FILES</h2><p>lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is 29 29 usually <code class="filename">/etc/samba</code> or <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib</code>. 30 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58952"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258962"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58995"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities30 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483562"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483573"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> 31 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483608"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 32 32 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 33 33 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/log2pcap.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>log2pcap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="log2pcap.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>log2pcap — Extract network traces from Samba log files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290779"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> reads in a1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>log2pcap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="log2pcap.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>log2pcap — Extract network traces from Samba log files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522958"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> reads in a 2 2 samba log file and generates a pcap file (readable 3 3 by most sniffers, such as ethereal or tcpdump) based on the packet … … 6 6 right, <code class="constant">10</code> to get the first 512 data bytes of the 7 7 packet and <code class="constant">50</code> to get the whole packet. 8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90825"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483381"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is 9 9 specified the output file will be a 10 10 hex dump, in a format that is readable … … 18 18 to stdout. 19 19 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 20 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58969"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:</p><pre class="programlisting">20 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483576"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 21 21 <code class="prompt">$</code> log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace.pcap 22 22 </pre><p>Convert to pcap using text2pcap:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 23 23 <code class="prompt">$</code> log2pcap -h samba.log | text2pcap -T 139,139 - trace.pcap 24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59007"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259016"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP,24 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483617"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483628"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP, 25 25 NetBIOS lookup or other data.</p><p>The generated TCP and IP headers don't contain a valid 26 checksum.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59031"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="text2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">text2pcap</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ethereal.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ethereal</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259054"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities26 checksum.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483645"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="text2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">text2pcap</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ethereal.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ethereal</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483667"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 27 27 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 28 28 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/mount.cifs.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>mount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="mount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>mount.cifs — mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">mount.cifs</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258193"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>mount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="mount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>mount.cifs — mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">mount.cifs</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522954"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It 2 2 is usually invoked indirectly by 3 3 the <a class="citerefentry" href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the … … 21 21 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> causes the cifs vfs to launch a thread named cifsd. After mounting it keeps running until 22 22 the mounted resource is unmounted (usually via the umount utility). 23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90829"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">user=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483393"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">user=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If 24 24 this is not given, then the environment variable <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span> is used. This option can also take the 25 25 form "user%password" or "workgroup/user" or … … 30 30 </p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">password=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the CIFS password. If this 31 31 option is not given then the environment variable 32 <span class="emphasis"><em>PASSWD</em></span> is used. If the password is not specified 32 <span class="emphasis"><em>PASSWD</em></span> is used. If the password is not specified 33 33 directly or indirectly via an argument to mount, <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> will prompt 34 34 for a password, unless the guest option is specified. … … 40 40 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">credentials=<em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em></span></dt><dd><p> 41 41 specifies a file that contains a username 42 and/or password. The format of the file is: 42 and/or password and optionally the name of the 43 workgroup. The format of the file is: 43 44 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 44 45 username=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> 45 46 password=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> 47 workgroup=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> 46 48 </pre><p> 47 49 This is preferred over having passwords in plaintext in a … … 214 216 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">wsize=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>default network write size (default 57344) 215 217 maximum wsize currently allowed by CIFS is 57344 (fourteen 216 4096 byte pages)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300200"></a><h2>SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS</h2><p>218 4096 byte pages)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532635"></a><h2>SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS</h2><p> 217 219 It's generally preferred to use forward slashes (/) as a delimiter in service names. They are considered to be the "universal delimiter" since they are generally not allowed to be embedded within path components on Windows machines and the client can convert them to blackslashes (\) unconditionally. Conversely, backslash characters are allowed by POSIX to be part of a path component, and can't be automatically converted in the same way. 218 220 </p><p> 219 221 mount.cifs will attempt to convert backslashes to forward slashes where it's able to do so, but it cannot do so in any path component following the sharename. 220 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300218"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>222 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532658"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p> 221 223 The variable <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span> may contain the username of the 222 224 person to be used to authenticate to the server. … … 230 232 of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is 231 233 read and used as the password. 232 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300247"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300258"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>234 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532690"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532702"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p> 233 235 The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading 234 236 debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem. … … 241 243 installation (device driver load). 242 244 For more information see the kernel file <code class="filename">fs/cifs/README</code>. 243 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300283"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported.245 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532733"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported. 244 246 </p><p>The credentials file does not handle usernames or passwords with 245 247 leading space.</p><p> … … 249 251 when reporting bugs (minimum: mount.cifs (try mount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and 250 252 server type you are trying to contact. 251 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300304"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.52 of252 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.24).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300314"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>253 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532757"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.52 of 254 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.24).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532769"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 253 255 Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel 254 256 source tree may contain additional options and information. 255 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300334"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It257 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532789"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It 256 258 was converted to Docbook/XML by Jelmer Vernooij.</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace 257 259 tool <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>. -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/net.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>net</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="net.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>net — Tool for administration of Samba and remote1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>net</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="net.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>net — Tool for administration of Samba and remote 2 2 CIFS servers. 3 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">net</code> {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-d debuglevel] [-V]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90856"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility3 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">net</code> {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-d debuglevel] [-V]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483410"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility 4 4 available for windows and DOS. The first argument should be used 5 5 to specify the protocol to use when executing a certain command. … … 8 8 argument is omitted, net will try to determine it automatically. 9 9 Not all commands are available on all protocols. 10 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58951"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.10 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483554"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 11 11 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w target-workgroup</span></dt><dd><p> 12 12 Sets target workgroup or domain. You have to specify … … 25 25 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n <primary NetBIOS name></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override 26 26 the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical 27 to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" >netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.27 to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 28 28 However, a command 29 29 line setting will take precedence over settings in … … 54 54 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 55 55 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 56 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter57 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99800"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299805"></a><h3>CHANGESECRETPW</h3><p>This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application56 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 57 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481566"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481572"></a><h3>CHANGESECRETPW</h3><p>This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application 58 58 to a machine account password that has already been stored in Active Directory. DO NOT USE this command 59 59 unless you know exactly what you are doing. The use of this command requires that the force flag (-f) … … 62 62 this without care and attention as it will overwrite a legitimate machine password without warning. 63 63 YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED. 64 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2 99820"></a><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command allows you to view the time on a remote server65 or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2 99835"></a><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command64 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481593"></a><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command allows you to view the time on a remote server 65 or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481610"></a><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command 66 66 displays the time on the remote server. 67 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2 99850"></a><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p>Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299866"></a><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on68 the remote server using <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2 99881"></a><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299893"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [createupn=UPN] [createcomputer=OU] [options]</h3><p>67 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481626"></a><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p>Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481643"></a><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on 68 the remote server using <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481661"></a><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481673"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [createupn=UPN] [createcomputer=OU] [options]</h3><p> 69 69 Join a domain. If the account already exists on the server, and 70 70 [TYPE] is MEMBER, the machine will attempt to join automatically. … … 83 83 and ldap, so it may need to be doubled or quadrupled to pass through, 84 84 and it is not used as a delimiter. 85 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2 99920"></a><h3>[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]</h3><p>Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain85 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481707"></a><h3>[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]</h3><p>Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain 86 86 using the old style of domain joining - you need to create a trust 87 account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2 99931"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299936"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299946"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299958"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>List the domain groups of the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299969"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME <em class="replaceable"><code>oldname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>newname</code></em></h4><p>Rename specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id299984"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299998"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300003"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300013"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300026"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300040"></a><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300045"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300055"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name=serverpath</code></em> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers87 account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481720"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481726"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481736"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481748"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>List the domain groups of the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481761"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME <em class="replaceable"><code>oldname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>newname</code></em></h4><p>Rename specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481776"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481791"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481797"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481808"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481821"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481836"></a><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481842"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481853"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name=serverpath</code></em> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers 88 88 specifies the number of users that can be connected to the 89 share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300069"></a><h4>SHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300082"></a><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300088"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300097"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>Close file with specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em> on90 remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300112"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>89 share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481870"></a><h4>SHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481883"></a><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481889"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481900"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>Close file with specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em> on 90 remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481916"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p> 91 91 Print information on specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em>. 92 92 Currently listed are: file-id, username, locks, path, permissions. 93 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300128"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] FILE USER <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></h4><p>93 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481932"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] FILE USER <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></h4><p> 94 94 List files opened by specified <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. 95 95 Please note that <code class="literal">net rap file user</code> does not work 96 96 against Samba servers. 97 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300149"></a><h3>SESSION</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300154"></a><h4>RAP SESSION</h4><p>Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS98 sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300165"></a><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300176"></a><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300190"></a><h3>RAP SERVER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults99 to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300202"></a><h3>RAP DOMAIN</h3><p>Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the100 current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300213"></a><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300218"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ LIST<em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server.97 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481956"></a><h3>SESSION</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481962"></a><h4>RAP SESSION</h4><p>Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS 98 sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481973"></a><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2481985"></a><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2482000"></a><h3>RAP SERVER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults 99 to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2482014"></a><h3>RAP DOMAIN</h3><p>Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the 100 current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2482025"></a><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2482030"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server. 101 101 If the <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em> is omitted, all 102 queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300234"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>JOBID</code></em></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300246"></a><h3>RAP VALIDATE <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>]</h3><p>102 queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2482048"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>JOBID</code></em></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532525"></a><h3>RAP VALIDATE <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>]</h3><p> 103 103 Validate whether the specified user can log in to the 104 104 remote server. If the password is not specified on the commandline, it 105 105 will be prompted. 106 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300268"></a><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300273"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300285"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300300"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300316"></a><h3>RAP ADMIN <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h3><p>Execute the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> on106 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532548"></a><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532553"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532566"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532581"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532597"></a><h3>RAP ADMIN <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h3><p>Execute the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> on 107 107 the remote server. Only works with OS/2 servers. 108 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300335"></a><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300341"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE START <em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300358"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300373"></a><h3>RAP PASSWORD <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em></h3><p>108 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532617"></a><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532622"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE START <em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532641"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532657"></a><h3>RAP PASSWORD <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em></h3><p> 109 109 Change password of <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> from <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> to <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em>. 110 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300401"></a><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300406"></a><h4>LOOKUP HOST <em class="replaceable"><code>HOSTNAME</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>TYPE</code></em>]</h4><p>110 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532684"></a><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532690"></a><h4>LOOKUP HOST <em class="replaceable"><code>HOSTNAME</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>TYPE</code></em>]</h4><p> 111 111 Lookup the IP address of the given host with the specified type (netbios suffix). 112 112 The type defaults to 0x20 (workstation). 113 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300424"></a><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300440"></a><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>.114 Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300456"></a><h4>LOOKUP DC [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>115 DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300472"></a><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>116 or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300488"></a><h3>CACHE</h3><p>Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It113 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532708"></a><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532725"></a><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>. 114 Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532742"></a><h4>LOOKUP DC [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <em class="replaceable"><code> 115 DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532759"></a><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em> 116 or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532776"></a><h3>CACHE</h3><p>Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It 117 117 can be controlled using 'NET CACHE'.</p><p>All the timeout parameters support the suffixes: 118 118 119 119 </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>s - Seconds</td></tr><tr><td>m - Minutes</td></tr><tr><td>h - Hours</td></tr><tr><td>d - Days</td></tr><tr><td>w - Weeks</td></tr></table><p> 120 120 121 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300521"></a><h4>CACHE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300540"></a><h4>CACHE DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300552"></a><h4>CACHE SET <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300570"></a><h4>CACHE SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>PATTERN</code></em></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300582"></a><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p>121 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532812"></a><h4>CACHE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532831"></a><h4>CACHE DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532843"></a><h4>CACHE SET <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532862"></a><h4>CACHE SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>PATTERN</code></em></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532874"></a><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p> 122 122 List all current items in the cache. 123 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300591"></a><h4>CACHE FLUSH</h4><p>Remove all the current items from the cache.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300602"></a><h3>GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]</h3><p>Prints the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is124 omitted, the SID of the local server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300613"></a><h3>SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z</h3><p>Sets SID for the local server to the specified SID.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300622"></a><h3>GETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Prints the local machine SID and the SID of the current125 domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300632"></a><h3>SETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Sets the SID of the current domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300642"></a><h3>GROUPMAP</h3><p>Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups.123 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532885"></a><h4>CACHE FLUSH</h4><p>Remove all the current items from the cache.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532896"></a><h3>GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]</h3><p>Prints the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is 124 omitted, the SID of the local server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532908"></a><h3>SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z</h3><p>Sets SID for the local server to the specified SID.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532918"></a><h3>GETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Prints the local machine SID and the SID of the current 125 domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532929"></a><h3>SETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Sets the SID of the current domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532939"></a><h3>GROUPMAP</h3><p>Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. 126 126 Common options include:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>unixgroup - Name of the UNIX group</p></li><li><p>ntgroup - Name of the Windows NT group (must be 127 127 resolvable to a SID</p></li><li><p>rid - Unsigned 32-bit integer</p></li><li><p>sid - Full SID in the form of "S-1-..."</p></li><li><p>type - Type of the group; either 'domain', 'local', 128 or 'builtin'</p></li><li><p>comment - Freeform text description of the group</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300682"></a><h4>GROUPMAP ADD</h4><p>128 or 'builtin'</p></li><li><p>comment - Freeform text description of the group</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532982"></a><h4>GROUPMAP ADD</h4><p> 129 129 Add a new group mapping entry: 130 130 </p><pre class="programlisting"> … … 132 132 [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string] 133 133 </pre><p> 134 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300697"></a><h4>GROUPMAP DELETE</h4><p>Delete a group mapping entry. If more than one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.</p><p>net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300711"></a><h4>GROUPMAP MODIFY</h4><p>Update en existing group entry.</p><p>134 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2532999"></a><h4>GROUPMAP DELETE</h4><p>Delete a group mapping entry. If more than one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.</p><p>net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533014"></a><h4>GROUPMAP MODIFY</h4><p>Update en existing group entry.</p><p> 135 135 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 136 136 net groupmap modify {ntgroup=string|sid=SID} [unixgroup=string] \ 137 137 [comment=string] [type={domain|local}] 138 138 </pre><p> 139 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300730"></a><h4>GROUPMAP LIST</h4><p>List existing group mapping entries.</p><p>net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300744"></a><h3>MAXRID</h3><p>Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local139 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533034"></a><h4>GROUPMAP LIST</h4><p>List existing group mapping entries.</p><p>net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533050"></a><h3>MAXRID</h3><p>Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local 140 140 server (by the active 'passdb backend'). 141 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300755"></a><h3>RPC INFO</h3><p>Print information about the domain of the remote server,141 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533061"></a><h3>RPC INFO</h3><p>Print information about the domain of the remote server, 142 142 such as domain name, domain sid and number of users and groups. 143 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300765"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300775"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300785"></a><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300790"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>.143 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533073"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533084"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533094"></a><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533100"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. 144 144 This is in fact a Samba account named <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN$</code></em> 145 145 with the account flag <code class="constant">'I'</code> (interdomain trust account). … … 147 147 <code class="literal">smbpasswd -a -i DOMAIN</code>. Please note that both commands 148 148 expect a appropriate UNIX account. 149 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300818"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for149 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533131"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for 150 150 <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. If it is used against localhost 151 151 it has the same effect as <code class="literal">smbpasswd -x DOMAIN$</code>. 152 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300839"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>152 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533153"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p> 153 153 Establish a trust relationship to a trusting domain. 154 154 Interdomain account must already be created on the remote PDC. 155 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 300852"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300863"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all current interdomain trust relationships.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300873"></a><h4>RPC RIGHTS</h4><p>This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also155 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533167"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533179"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all current interdomain trust relationships.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533190"></a><h4>RPC RIGHTS</h4><p>This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also 156 156 referred to as privileges). There are three options currently available: 157 157 <em class="parameter"><code>list</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>grant</code></em>, and 158 158 <em class="parameter"><code>revoke</code></em>. More details on Samba's privilege model and its use 159 can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300902"></a><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300911"></a><h3>RPC SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>159 can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533220"></a><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533231"></a><h3>RPC SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p> 160 160 Reboot after shutdown. 161 161 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f</span></dt><dd><p> … … 165 165 user of the system can use this time to cancel the shutdown. 166 166 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-C message</span></dt><dd><p>Display the specified message on the screen to 167 announce the shutdown.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300968"></a><h3>RPC SAMDUMP</h3><p>Print out sam database of remote server. You need168 to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300979"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE</h3><p>Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to167 announce the shutdown.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533292"></a><h3>RPC SAMDUMP</h3><p>Print out sam database of remote server. You need 168 to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533303"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE</h3><p>Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to 169 169 local server. You need to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. 170 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300990"></a><h3>RPC GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301005"></a><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301014"></a><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS.170 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533316"></a><h3>RPC GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533331"></a><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533342"></a><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS. 171 171 Prints out quite some debug info. Aimed at developers, regular 172 users should use <code class="literal">NET ADS TESTJOIN</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301031"></a><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301036"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>]</h4><p>172 users should use <code class="literal">NET ADS TESTJOIN</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533359"></a><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533364"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>]</h4><p> 173 173 Lookup info for <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em> on <em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>. The printer name defaults to "*", the 174 server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 301059"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301071"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301084"></a><h3>ADS SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>EXPRESSION</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ATTRIBUTES...</code></em></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The174 server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533388"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533401"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533415"></a><h3>ADS SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>EXPRESSION</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ATTRIBUTES...</code></em></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The 175 175 expression is a standard LDAP search expression, and the 176 176 attributes are a list of LDAP fields to show in the results.</p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads search '(objectCategory=group)' sAMAccountName</code></strong> 177 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301109"></a><h3>ADS DN <em class="replaceable"><code>DN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>(attributes)</code></em></h3><p>177 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533442"></a><h3>ADS DN <em class="replaceable"><code>DN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>(attributes)</code></em></h3><p> 178 178 Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The 179 179 DN standard LDAP DN, and the attributes are a list of LDAP fields 180 180 to show in the result. 181 </p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</code></strong></p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301133"></a><h3>ADS WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301143"></a><h3>SAM CREATEBUILTINGROUP <NAME></h3><p>181 </p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</code></strong></p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533469"></a><h3>ADS WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533479"></a><h3>SAM CREATEBUILTINGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 182 182 (Re)Create a BUILTIN group. 183 183 Only a wellknown set of BUILTIN groups can be created with this command. … … 189 189 This command requires a running Winbindd with idmap allocation properly 190 190 configured. The group gid will be allocated out of the winbindd range. 191 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301156"></a><h3>SAM CREATELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p>191 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533498"></a><h3>SAM CREATELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 192 192 Create a LOCAL group (also known as Alias). 193 193 194 194 This command requires a running Winbindd with idmap allocation properly 195 195 configured. The group gid will be allocated out of the winbindd range. 196 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301168"></a><h3>SAM DELETELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p>196 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533512"></a><h3>SAM DELETELOCALGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 197 197 Delete an existing LOCAL group (also known as Alias). 198 198 199 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301178"></a><h3>SAM MAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p>199 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533523"></a><h3>SAM MAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 200 200 Map an existing Unix group and make it a Domain Group, the domain group 201 201 will have the same name. 202 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301189"></a><h3>SAM UNMAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p>202 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533536"></a><h3>SAM UNMAPUNIXGROUP <NAME></h3><p> 203 203 Remove an existing group mapping entry. 204 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301198"></a><h3>SAM ADDMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p>204 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533547"></a><h3>SAM ADDMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p> 205 205 Add a member to a Local group. The group can be specified only by name, 206 206 the member can be specified by name or SID. 207 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301210"></a><h3>SAM DELMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p>207 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533560"></a><h3>SAM DELMEM <GROUP> <MEMBER></h3><p> 208 208 Remove a member from a Local group. The group and the member must be 209 209 specified by name. 210 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301221"></a><h3>SAM LISTMEM <GROUP></h3><p>210 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533572"></a><h3>SAM LISTMEM <GROUP></h3><p> 211 211 List Local group members. The group must be specified by name. 212 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301231"></a><h3>SAM LIST <users|groups|localgroups|builtin|workstations> [verbose]</h3><p>212 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533583"></a><h3>SAM LIST <users|groups|localgroups|builtin|workstations> [verbose]</h3><p> 213 213 List the specified set of accounts by name. If verbose is specified, 214 214 the rid and description is also provided for each account. 215 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301243"></a><h3>SAM SHOW <NAME></h3><p>215 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533597"></a><h3>SAM SHOW <NAME></h3><p> 216 216 Show the full DOMAIN\\NAME the SID and the type for the corresponding 217 217 account. 218 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301253"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDIR <NAME> <DIRECTORY></h3><p>218 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533608"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDIR <NAME> <DIRECTORY></h3><p> 219 219 Set the home directory for a user account. 220 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301263"></a><h3>SAM SET PROFILEPATH <NAME> <PATH></h3><p>220 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533619"></a><h3>SAM SET PROFILEPATH <NAME> <PATH></h3><p> 221 221 Set the profile path for a user account. 222 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301273"></a><h3>SAM SET COMMENT <NAME> <COMMENT></h3><p>222 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533630"></a><h3>SAM SET COMMENT <NAME> <COMMENT></h3><p> 223 223 Set the comment for a user or group account. 224 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301282"></a><h3>SAM SET FULLNAME <NAME> <FULL NAME></h3><p>224 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533640"></a><h3>SAM SET FULLNAME <NAME> <FULL NAME></h3><p> 225 225 Set the full name for a user account. 226 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301292"></a><h3>SAM SET LOGONSCRIPT <NAME> <SCRIPT></h3><p>226 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533652"></a><h3>SAM SET LOGONSCRIPT <NAME> <SCRIPT></h3><p> 227 227 Set the logon script for a user account. 228 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301301"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDRIVE <NAME> <DRIVE></h3><p>228 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533663"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDRIVE <NAME> <DRIVE></h3><p> 229 229 Set the home drive for a user account. 230 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301311"></a><h3>SAM SET WORKSTATIONS <NAME> <WORKSTATIONS></h3><p>230 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533674"></a><h3>SAM SET WORKSTATIONS <NAME> <WORKSTATIONS></h3><p> 231 231 Set the workstations a user account is allowed to log in from. 232 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301321"></a><h3>SAM SET DISABLE <NAME></h3><p>232 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533686"></a><h3>SAM SET DISABLE <NAME></h3><p> 233 233 Set the "disabled" flag for a user account. 234 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301331"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOTREQ <NAME></h3><p>234 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533696"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOTREQ <NAME></h3><p> 235 235 Set the "password not required" flag for a user account. 236 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301341"></a><h3>SAM SET AUTOLOCK <NAME></h3><p>236 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533708"></a><h3>SAM SET AUTOLOCK <NAME></h3><p> 237 237 Set the "autolock" flag for a user account. 238 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301351"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOEXP <NAME></h3><p>238 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533719"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOEXP <NAME></h3><p> 239 239 Set the "password do not expire" flag for a user account. 240 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301361"></a><h3>SAM SET PWDMUSTCHANGENOW <NAME> [yes|no]</h3><p>240 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533730"></a><h3>SAM SET PWDMUSTCHANGENOW <NAME> [yes|no]</h3><p> 241 241 Set or unset the "password must change" flag for a user account. 242 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301371"></a><h3>SAM POLICY LIST</h3><p>242 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533742"></a><h3>SAM POLICY LIST</h3><p> 243 243 List the available account policies. 244 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301381"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SHOW <account policy></h3><p>244 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533752"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SHOW <account policy></h3><p> 245 245 Show the account policy value. 246 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301390"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SET <account policy> <value></h3><p>246 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533763"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SET <account policy> <value></h3><p> 247 247 Set a value for the account policy. 248 248 Valid values can be: "forever", "never", "off", or a number. 249 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301402"></a><h3>SAM PROVISION</h3><p>249 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533776"></a><h3>SAM PROVISION</h3><p> 250 250 Only available if ldapsam:editposix is set and winbindd is running. 251 251 Properly populates the ldap tree with the basic accounts (Administrator) 252 252 and groups (Domain Users, Domain Admins, Domain Guests) on the ldap tree. 253 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301413"></a><h3>IDMAP DUMP <local tdb file name></h3><p>253 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533789"></a><h3>IDMAP DUMP <local tdb file name></h3><p> 254 254 Dumps the mappings contained in the local tdb file specified. 255 255 This command is useful to dump only the mappings produced by the idmap_tdb backend. 256 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301425"></a><h3>IDMAP RESTORE [input file]</h3><p>256 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533803"></a><h3>IDMAP RESTORE [input file]</h3><p> 257 257 Restore the mappings from the specified file or stdin. 258 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301436"></a><h3>IDMAP SECRET <DOMAIN>|ALLOC <secret></h3><p>258 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533813"></a><h3>IDMAP SECRET <DOMAIN>|ALLOC <secret></h3><p> 259 259 Store a secret for the specified domain, used primarily for domains 260 260 that use idmap_ldap as a backend. In this case the secret is used 261 261 as the password for the user DN used to bind to the ldap server. 262 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301448"></a><h3>USERSHARE</h3><p>Starting with version 3.0.23, a Samba server now supports the ability for262 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533828"></a><h3>USERSHARE</h3><p>Starting with version 3.0.23, a Samba server now supports the ability for 263 263 non-root users to add user defined shares to be exported using the "net usershare" 264 264 commands. … … 289 289 </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]] - to add or change a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare delete sharename - to delete a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare info [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to print info about a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare list [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to list user defined shares.</td></tr></table><p> 290 290 291 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 301493"></a><h4>USERSHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[comment]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[acl]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[guest_ok=[y|n]]</code></em></h4><p>291 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533885"></a><h4>USERSHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[comment]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[acl]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[guest_ok=[y|n]]</code></em></h4><p> 292 292 Add or replace a new user defined share, with name "sharename". 293 293 </p><p> … … 326 326 at connect time so will see the change immediately, there is no need 327 327 to restart smbd on adding, deleting or changing a user defined share. 328 </div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 301550"></a><h4>USERSHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>328 </div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533958"></a><h4>USERSHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p> 329 329 Deletes the user defined share by name. The Samba smbd daemon 330 330 immediately notices this change, although it will not disconnect 331 331 any users currently connected to the deleted share. 332 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 301563"></a><h4>USERSHARE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[wildcard sharename]</code></em></h4><p>332 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2533973"></a><h4>USERSHARE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[wildcard sharename]</code></em></h4><p> 333 333 Get info on user defined shares owned by the current user matching the given pattern, or all users. 334 334 </p><p> … … 349 349 And is a list of the current settings of the user defined share that can be 350 350 modified by the "net usershare add" command. 351 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id 301591"></a><h4>USERSHARE LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>wildcard sharename</code></em></h4><p>351 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id2534006"></a><h4>USERSHARE LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>wildcard sharename</code></em></h4><p> 352 352 List all the user defined shares owned by the current user matching the given pattern, or all users. 353 353 </p><p> … … 357 357 If the '-l' or '--long' option is also given, it includes the names of user defined 358 358 shares created by other users. 359 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 301617"></a><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301628"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba360 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 301638"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities359 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2534040"></a><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534052"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba 360 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534063"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 361 361 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 362 362 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/nmbd.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmbd — NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS2 over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90849"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> is a server that understands1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmbd — NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS 2 over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483406"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> is a server that understands 3 3 and can reply to NetBIOS over IP name service requests, like 4 4 those produced by SMB/CIFS clients such as Windows 95/98/ME, … … 12 12 is running on. Its "own NetBIOS name" is by 13 13 default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on, 14 but this can be overridden by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" >netbios name</a>14 but this can be overridden by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> 15 15 in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. Thus <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will 16 16 reply to broadcast queries for its own name(s). Additional … … 23 23 proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do 24 24 not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS 25 server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58975"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes25 server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483734"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes 26 26 <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to operate as a daemon. That is, 27 27 it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding … … 52 52 file is a list of NetBIOS names to IP addresses that 53 53 is loaded by the nmbd server and used via the name 54 resolution mechanism <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" >name resolve order</a> described in <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> to resolve any54 resolution mechanism <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" target="_top">name resolve order</a> described in <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> to resolve any 55 55 NetBIOS name queries needed by the server. Note 56 56 that the contents of this file are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> … … 73 73 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 74 74 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 75 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter75 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 76 76 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 77 77 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 89 89 that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> responds to name queries on. Don't 90 90 use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you 91 won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99964"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the91 won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481764"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the 92 92 <code class="literal">inetd</code> meta-daemon, this file 93 93 must contain suitable startup information for the … … 105 105 install this file are <code class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code> 106 106 and <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</p><p>When run as a WINS server (see the 107 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" >wins support</a>107 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support</a> 108 108 parameter in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> man page), 109 109 <code class="literal">nmbd</code> … … 111 111 in the <code class="filename">var/locks</code> directory configured under 112 112 wherever Samba was configured to install itself.</p><p>If <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is acting as a <span class="emphasis"><em> 113 browse master</em></span> (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" >local master</a>113 browse master</em></span> (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" target="_top">local master</a> 114 114 parameter in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> man page, <code class="literal">nmbd</code> 115 115 will store the browsing database in the file <code class="filename">browse.dat 116 116 </code> in the <code class="filename">var/locks</code> directory 117 117 configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself. 118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300140"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <code class="literal">nmbd</code> process it is recommended118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481969"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <code class="literal">nmbd</code> process it is recommended 119 119 that SIGKILL (-9) <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be used, except as a last 120 120 resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state. … … 130 130 are no longer used since Samba 2.2). This is to allow 131 131 transient problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running 132 at a normally low log level.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300213"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of133 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300223"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>132 at a normally low log level.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532519"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 133 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532530"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 134 134 <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the Internet 135 135 RFC's <code class="filename">rfc1001.txt</code>, <code class="filename">rfc1002.txt</code>. 136 136 In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available 137 137 as a link from the Web page <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> 138 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300296"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities138 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532603"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 139 139 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 140 140 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/nmblookup.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmblookup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmblookup"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmblookup — NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS2 names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90857"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> is used to query NetBIOS names1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmblookup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmblookup"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmblookup — NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS 2 names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483412"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> is used to query NetBIOS names 3 3 and map them to IP addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP 4 4 queries. The options allow the name queries to be directed at a 5 5 particular IP broadcast area or to a particular machine. All queries 6 are done over UDP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58955"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-M</span></dt><dd><p>Searches for a master browser by looking6 are done over UDP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483558"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-M</span></dt><dd><p>Searches for a master browser by looking 7 7 up the NetBIOS name <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> with a 8 8 type of <code class="constant">0x1d</code>. If <em class="replaceable"><code> … … 29 29 an IP Address and do a node status query on this address.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n <primary NetBIOS name></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override 30 30 the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical 31 to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" >netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.31 to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 32 32 However, a command 33 33 line setting will take precedence over settings in … … 66 66 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 67 67 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 68 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter68 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 69 69 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 70 70 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 89 89 by appending '#<type>' to the name. This name may also be 90 90 '*', which will return all registered names within a broadcast 91 area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99978"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> can be used to query91 area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481778"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> can be used to query 92 92 a WINS server (in the same way <code class="literal">nslookup</code> is 93 93 used to query DNS servers). To query a WINS server, <code class="literal">nmblookup</code> 94 94 must be called like this:</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup -U server -R 'name'</code></p><p>For example, running :</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup -U samba.org -R 'IRIX#1B'</code></p><p>would query the WINS server samba.org for the domain 95 master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300023"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of96 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300034"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300065"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities95 master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481828"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 96 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481839"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481871"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 97 97 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 98 98 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ntlm_auth.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s <smb config file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258193"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper utility that authenticates1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s <smb config file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522953"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper utility that authenticates 2 2 users using NT/LM authentication. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated 3 3 successfully and 1 if access was denied. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access … … 6 6 <a class="ulink" href="http://www.squid-cache.org/" target="_top">Squid</a> 7 7 and <a class="ulink" href="http://download.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/lorikeet/trunk/mod_ntlm_winbind/" target="_top">mod_ntlm_winbind</a>) 8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90812"></a><h2>OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS</h2><p>8 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483370"></a><h2>OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS</h2><p> 9 9 The <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be operational 10 10 for many of these commands to function.</p><p>Some of these commands also require access to the directory … … 13 13 this command as root or providing group access 14 14 to the <code class="filename">winbindd_privileged</code> directory. For 15 security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90853"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--helper-protocol=PROTO</span></dt><dd><p>15 security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483416"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--helper-protocol=PROTO</span></dt><dd><p> 16 16 Operate as a stdio-based helper. Valid helper protocols are: 17 17 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">squid-2.4-basic</span></dt><dd><p> … … 65 65 a newline. They may also need to decode strings from 66 66 the helper, which likewise may have been base64 encoded.</div><dl><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The username, expected to be in 67 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" >unix charset</a>.68 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 58316"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 1. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username: bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id258321"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 2. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username:: Ym9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The user's domain, expected to be in69 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" >unix charset</a>.70 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 58347"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain: WORKGROUP</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id258352"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Full-Username</span></dt><dd><p>The fully qualified username, expected to be in71 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" >unix charset</a> and qualified with the72 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" >winbind separator</a>.73 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 99860"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 5. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id299864"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Challenge</span></dt><dd><p>The 8 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code> value,67 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" target="_top">unix charset</a>. 68 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2483782"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 1. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username: bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id2483787"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 2. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username:: Ym9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The user's domain, expected to be in 69 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" target="_top">unix charset</a>. 70 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2481589"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain: WORKGROUP</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id2481593"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Full-Username</span></dt><dd><p>The fully qualified username, expected to be in 71 Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" target="_top">unix charset</a> and qualified with the 72 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top">winbind separator</a>. 73 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2481629"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 5. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id2481633"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Challenge</span></dt><dd><p>The 8 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code> value, 74 74 generated randomly by the server, or (in cases such as 75 75 MSCHAPv2) generated in some way by both the server and 76 76 the client. 77 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 99886"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 7. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The 24 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Response</code> value,77 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2481658"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 7. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The 24 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Response</code> value, 78 78 calculated from the user's password and the supplied 79 79 <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code>. Typically, this 80 80 is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate. 81 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 99913"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 8. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The >= 24 byte <code class="literal">NT Response</code>81 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2481689"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 8. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The >= 24 byte <code class="literal">NT Response</code> 82 82 calculated from the user's password and the supplied 83 83 <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code>. Typically, this is 84 84 provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate. 85 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 99940"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 9. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Password</span></dt><dd><p>The user's password. This would be85 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2481722"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 9. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Password</span></dt><dd><p>The user's password. This would be 86 86 provided by a network client, if the helper is being 87 87 used in a legacy situation that exposes plaintext 88 88 passwords in this way. 89 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 99957"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 10. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password: samba2</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id299962"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 11. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password:: c2FtYmEy</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-User-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return89 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2481743"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 10. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password: samba2</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id2481747"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 11. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password:: c2FtYmEy</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-User-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return 90 90 the user session key associated with the login. 91 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 99978"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-User-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-LanMan-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return91 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2481765"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-User-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-LanMan-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return 92 92 the LANMAN session key associated with the login. 93 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2 99994"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--username=USERNAME</span></dt><dd><p>93 </p><div class="example"><a name="id2481782"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--username=USERNAME</span></dt><dd><p> 94 94 Specify username of user to authenticate 95 95 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--domain=DOMAIN</span></dt><dd><p> … … 116 116 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 117 117 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 118 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter118 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 119 119 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 120 120 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 129 129 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 130 130 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 131 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300248"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and131 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532534"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and 132 132 NTLMSSP authentication, the following 133 133 should be placed in the <code class="filename">squid.conf</code> file. … … 145 145 auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users' 146 146 auth_param basic program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-basic --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users' 147 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300297"></a><h2>TROUBLESHOOTING</h2><p>If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running147 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532590"></a><h2>TROUBLESHOOTING</h2><p>If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running 148 148 under MS Windows 9X or Millenium Edition against ntlm_auth's NTLMSSP authentication 149 149 helper (--helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp), then please read 150 150 <a class="ulink" href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q239/8/69.ASP" target="_top"> 151 151 the Microsoft Knowledge Base article #239869 and follow instructions described there</a>. 152 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300315"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba153 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300325"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities152 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532612"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 153 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532623"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 154 154 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 155 155 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/pam_winbind.7.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pam_winbind.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind — PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258741"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pam_winbind.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind — PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522915"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p> 2 2 pam_winbind is a PAM module that can authenticate users against the local domain by talking to the Winbind daemon. 3 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id25 8178"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>3 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522939"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 4 4 5 5 pam_winbind supports several options which can either be set in … … 56 56 57 57 58 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59014"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259049"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259059"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>58 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483635"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483671"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483681"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 59 59 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by 60 60 the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed. -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/pdbedit.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit — manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">pdbedit</code> [-L] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-t, --password-from-stdin] [-m] [-r] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value] [-c account-control] [-y]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259003"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit — manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">pdbedit</code> [-L] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-t, --password-from-stdin] [-m] [-r] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value] [-c account-control] [-y]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483603"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts 2 2 stored in the sam database and can only be run by root.</p><p>The pdbedit tool uses the passdb modular interface and is 3 3 independent from the kind of users database used (currently there … … 5 5 without changing the tool).</p><p>There are five main ways to use pdbedit: adding a user account, 6 6 removing a user account, modifing a user account, listing user 7 accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59036"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts7 accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483640"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts 8 8 present in the users database. 9 9 This option prints a list of user/uid pairs separated by … … 79 79 </pre><p> 80 80 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>pdbedit does not call the unix password syncronisation 81 script if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" >unix password sync</a>81 script if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" target="_top">unix password sync</a> 82 82 has been set. It only updates the data in the Samba 83 83 user database. … … 133 133 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 134 134 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 135 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter135 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 136 136 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 137 137 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 145 145 <code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, 146 146 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 147 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300451"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300461"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of148 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300471"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300494"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities147 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532742"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532752"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 148 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532762"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532785"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 149 149 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 150 150 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/profiles.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>profiles</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="profiles.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>profiles — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90779"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a utility that1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>profiles</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="profiles.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>profiles — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files 2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522959"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a utility that 3 3 reports and changes SIDs in windows registry files. It currently only 4 4 supports NT. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90806"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages.5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483360"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages. 6 6 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c SID1 -n SID2</span></dt><dd><p>Change all occurences of SID1 in <code class="filename">file</code> by SID2. 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 8 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58937"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba9 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58947"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities8 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483538"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 9 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483548"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 10 10 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 11 11 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/rpcclient.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>rpcclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="rpcclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>rpcclient — tool for executing client side2 MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90842"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility initially developed1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>rpcclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="rpcclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>rpcclient — tool for executing client side 2 MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483394"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility initially developed 3 3 to test MS-RPC functionality in Samba itself. It has undergone 4 4 several stages of development and stability. Many system administrators 5 5 have now written scripts around it to manage Windows NT clients from 6 their UNIX workstation. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58941"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">server</span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect.6 their UNIX workstation. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483542"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">server</span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect. 7 7 The server can be any SMB/CIFS server. The name is 8 resolved using the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" >name resolve order</a> line from <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c|--command='command string'</span></dt><dd><p>execute semicolon separated commands (listed8 resolved using the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" target="_top">name resolve order</a> line from <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c|--command='command string'</span></dt><dd><p>execute semicolon separated commands (listed 9 9 below)) </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I IP-address</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>IP address</code></em> is the address of the server to connect to. 10 10 It should be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation. </p><p>Normally the client would attempt to locate a named … … 28 28 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 29 29 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 30 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter30 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 31 31 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 32 32 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 73 73 it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n <primary NetBIOS name></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override 74 74 the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical 75 to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" >netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.75 to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 76 76 However, a command 77 77 line setting will take precedence over settings in … … 90 90 the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> manual page for the list of valid 91 91 options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 92 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99954"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id299960"></a><h3>LSARPC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">lsaquery</span></dt><dd><p>Query info policy</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupsids</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list92 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481747"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481753"></a><h3>LSARPC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">lsaquery</span></dt><dd><p>Query info policy</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupsids</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list 93 93 of SIDs to usernames. 94 94 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list 95 95 of usernames to SIDs. 96 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumtrusts</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate trusted domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumprivs</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate privileges</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdispname</span></dt><dd><p>Get the privilege name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumsid</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the LSA SIDS</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumprivsaccount</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the privileges of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the rights of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctwithright</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate accounts with a right</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaaddacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Add rights to an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaremoveacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Remove rights from an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsalookupprivvalue</span></dt><dd><p>Get a privilege value given its name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query LSA security object</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300074"></a><h3>LSARPC-DS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dsroledominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Get Primary Domain Information</p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DFS</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dfsexist</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS support</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsadd</span></dt><dd><p>Add a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsremove</span></dt><dd><p>Remove a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsgetinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS share info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate dfs shares</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300139"></a><h3>REG</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Remote Shutdown</p></dd><dt><span class="term">abortshutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Abort Shutdown</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300163"></a><h3>SRVSVC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">srvinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Server query info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netshareenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate shares</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netfileenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate open files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netremotetod</span></dt><dd><p>Fetch remote time of day</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300203"></a><h3>SAMR</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">queryuser</span></dt><dd><p>Query user info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroup</span></dt><dd><p>Query group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryusergroups</span></dt><dd><p>Query user groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroupmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query group membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryaliasmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query alias membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydispinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query display info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query domain info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomusers</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain users</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumalsgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate alias groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">createdomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Create domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookuprids</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deletedomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Delete domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query SAMR security object</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdompwinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve domain password info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupdomain</span></dt><dd><p>Look up domain</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300339"></a><h3>SPOOLSS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">adddriver <arch> <config> [<version>]</span></dt><dd><p>96 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumtrusts</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate trusted domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumprivs</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate privileges</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdispname</span></dt><dd><p>Get the privilege name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumsid</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the LSA SIDS</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumprivsaccount</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the privileges of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the rights of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctwithright</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate accounts with a right</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaaddacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Add rights to an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaremoveacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Remove rights from an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsalookupprivvalue</span></dt><dd><p>Get a privilege value given its name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query LSA security object</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481876"></a><h3>LSARPC-DS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dsroledominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Get Primary Domain Information</p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DFS</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dfsexist</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS support</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsadd</span></dt><dd><p>Add a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsremove</span></dt><dd><p>Remove a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsgetinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS share info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate dfs shares</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481946"></a><h3>REG</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Remote Shutdown</p></dd><dt><span class="term">abortshutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Abort Shutdown</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481972"></a><h3>SRVSVC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">srvinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Server query info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netshareenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate shares</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netfileenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate open files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netremotetod</span></dt><dd><p>Fetch remote time of day</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2482014"></a><h3>SAMR</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">queryuser</span></dt><dd><p>Query user info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroup</span></dt><dd><p>Query group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryusergroups</span></dt><dd><p>Query user groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroupmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query group membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryaliasmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query alias membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydispinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query display info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query domain info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomusers</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain users</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumalsgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate alias groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">createdomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Create domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookuprids</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deletedomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Delete domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query SAMR security object</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdompwinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve domain password info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupdomain</span></dt><dd><p>Look up domain</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2532617"></a><h3>SPOOLSS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">adddriver <arch> <config> [<version>]</span></dt><dd><p> 97 97 Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver 98 98 information on the server. Note that the driver files should … … 179 179 <code class="literal">enumdrivers</code> commands for obtaining a list of 180 180 of installed printers and drivers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">addform</span></dt><dd><p>Add form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setform</span></dt><dd><p>Set form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getform</span></dt><dd><p>Get form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deleteform</span></dt><dd><p>Delete form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumforms</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinter</span></dt><dd><p>Set printer comment</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinterdata</span></dt><dd><p>Set REG_SZ printer data</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprintername <printername> 181 <newprintername></span></dt><dd><p>Set printer name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rffpcnex</span></dt><dd><p>Rffpcnex test</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id 300692"></a><h3>NETLOGON</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">logonctrl2</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">logonctrl</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Synchronisation</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samdeltas</span></dt><dd><p>Query Sam Deltas</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlogon</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Logon</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300750"></a><h3>GENERAL COMMANDS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>Set the current181 <newprintername></span></dt><dd><p>Set printer name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rffpcnex</span></dt><dd><p>Rffpcnex test</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533012"></a><h3>NETLOGON</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">logonctrl2</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">logonctrl</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Synchronisation</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samdeltas</span></dt><dd><p>Query Sam Deltas</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlogon</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Logon</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2533070"></a><h3>GENERAL COMMANDS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>Set the current 182 182 debug level used to log information.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">help (?)</span></dt><dd><p>Print a listing of all 183 183 known commands or extended help on a particular command. 184 184 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">quit (exit)</span></dt><dd><p>Exit <code class="literal">rpcclient 185 </code>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300789"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is designed as a developer testing tool185 </code>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533111"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is designed as a developer testing tool 186 186 and may not be robust in certain areas (such as command line parsing). 187 187 It has been known to generate a core dump upon failures when invalid … … 196 196 the developers are sending reports to Microsoft, and problems found 197 197 or reported to Microsoft are fixed in Service Packs, which may 198 result in incompatibilities.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300838"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba199 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300848"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities198 result in incompatibilities.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533169"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 199 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533180"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 200 200 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 201 201 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/samba.7.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">samba</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258167"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">samba</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs 2 2 that implements the Server Message Block (commonly abbreviated 3 3 as SMB) protocol for UNIX systems. This protocol is sometimes … … 64 64 mount CIFS/SMB shares on Linux. 65 65 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbcquotas.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcquotas</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> is a tool that 66 can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300036"></a><h2>COMPONENTS</h2><p>The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each66 can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481814"></a><h2>COMPONENTS</h2><p>The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each 67 67 component is described in a separate manual page. It is strongly 68 68 recommended that you read the documentation that comes with Samba … … 73 73 <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> and 74 74 explore the many option available to you. 75 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300062"></a><h2>AVAILABILITY</h2><p>The Samba software suite is licensed under the75 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481847"></a><h2>AVAILABILITY</h2><p>The Samba software suite is licensed under the 76 76 GNU Public License(GPL). A copy of that license should 77 77 have come with the package in the file COPYING. You are … … 87 87 or Konqueror) then you will also find lots of useful information, 88 88 including back issues of the Samba mailing list, at 89 <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300099"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the90 Samba suite. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300109"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTIONS</h2><p>If you wish to contribute to the Samba project,89 <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481891"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the 90 Samba suite. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481902"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTIONS</h2><p>If you wish to contribute to the Samba project, 91 91 then I suggest you join the Samba mailing list at 92 92 <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>. … … 94 94 <a class="ulink" href="http://devel.samba.org/" target="_top">http://devel.samba.org/</a> 95 95 for information on how to do it properly. We prefer patches 96 in <code class="literal">diff -u</code> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300139"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous96 in <code class="literal">diff -u</code> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481936"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous 97 97 to mention here but all deserve the thanks of all Samba 98 98 users. To see a full list, look at the … … 102 102 for the contributors to Samba post-CVS. CVS is the Open Source 103 103 source code control system used by the Samba Team to develop 104 Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300163"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities104 Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481964"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 105 105 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 106 106 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smb.conf.5.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258742"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522916"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p> 2 2 The <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is a configuration file for the Samba suite. <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> contains runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The 3 3 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is designed to be configured and administered by the … … 27 27 which may be given as yes/no, 0/1 or true/false. Case is not significant in boolean values, but is preserved 28 28 in string values. Some items such as create masks are numeric. 29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90840"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p>29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483409"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p> 30 30 Each section in the configuration file (except for the [global] section) describes a shared resource (known as 31 31 a “<span class="quote">share</span>”). The section name is the name of the shared resource and the parameters within the … … 56 56 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 57 57 <em class="parameter"><code>[foo]</code></em> 58 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path = /home/bar</a>59 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" >read only = no</a>58 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /home/bar</a> 59 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only = no</a> 60 60 </pre><p> 61 61 </p><p> … … 65 65 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 66 66 <em class="parameter"><code>[aprinter]</code></em> 67 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path = /usr/spool/public</a>68 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" >read only = yes</a>69 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" >printable = yes</a>70 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" >guest ok = yes</a>67 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /usr/spool/public</a> 68 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only = yes</a> 69 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable = yes</a> 70 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok = yes</a> 71 71 </pre><p> 72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59036"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id259041"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p>72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481485"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481491"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p> 73 73 Parameters in this section apply to the server as a whole, or are defaults for sections that do not 74 74 specifically define certain items. See the notes under PARAMETERS for more information. … … 106 106 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 107 107 <em class="parameter"><code>[homes]</code></em> 108 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" >read only = no</a>108 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only = no</a> 109 109 </pre><p> 110 110 </p><p> … … 138 138 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 139 139 <em class="parameter"><code>[printers]</code></em> 140 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path = /usr/spool/public</a>141 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" >guest ok = yes</a>142 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" >printable = yes</a>140 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /usr/spool/public</a> 141 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok = yes</a> 142 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable = yes</a> 143 143 </pre><p> 144 144 </p><p> … … 161 161 <code class="literal">printcap name = lpstat</code> to automatically obtain a list of printers. See the 162 162 <code class="literal">printcap name</code> option for more details. 163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99983"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481804"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete 164 164 their own share definitions has been added. This capability is called <span class="emphasis"><em>usershares</em></span> and 165 165 is controlled by a set of parameters in the [global] section of the smb.conf. … … 179 179 180 180 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 181 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERSHAREPATH" >usershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares</a>182 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERSHAREMAXSHARES" >usershare max shares = 10</a> # (or the desired number of shares)181 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERSHAREPATH" target="_top">usershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares</a> 182 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERSHAREMAXSHARES" target="_top">usershare max shares = 10</a> # (or the desired number of shares) 183 183 </pre><p> 184 184 185 185 to the global 186 186 section of your <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares 187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300177"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p>187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2482031"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p> 188 188 Some parameters are specific to the [global] section (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span>). Some parameters 189 189 are usable in all sections (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>create mask</em></span>). All others are permissible only in normal … … 197 197 find them! Where there are synonyms, the preferred synonym is described, others refer to the preferred 198 198 synonym. 199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300216"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p>199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532544"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p> 200 200 Many of the strings that are settable in the config file can take substitutions. For example the option 201 201 “<span class="quote">path = /tmp/%u</span>” is interpreted as “<span class="quote">path = /tmp/john</span>” if the user connected with the … … 259 259 controls what the default case is for new filenames (ie. files that don't currently exist in the filesystem). 260 260 Default <span class="emphasis"><em>lower</em></span>. IMPORTANT NOTE: This option will be used to modify the case of 261 <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> incoming client filenames, not just new filenames if the options <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CASESENSITIVE" >case sensitive = yes</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRESERVECASE">preserve case = No</a>,262 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" >short preserve case = No</a> are set. This change is needed as part of the261 <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> incoming client filenames, not just new filenames if the options <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CASESENSITIVE" target="_top">case sensitive = yes</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRESERVECASE" target="_top">preserve case = No</a>, 262 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" target="_top">short preserve case = No</a> are set. This change is needed as part of the 263 263 optimisations for directories containing large numbers of files. 264 264 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">preserve case = yes/no</span></dt><dd><p> … … 306 306 If the service is a guest service, a connection is made as the username given in the <code class="literal">guest account 307 307 =</code> for the service, irrespective of the supplied password. 308 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300842"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id300851"></a>308 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533244"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533256"></a> 309 309 310 310 abort shutdown script (G) 311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 300852"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that312 should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" >shutdown script</a>.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>,311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533257"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that 312 should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" target="_top">shutdown script</a>.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, 313 313 right, this command will be run as user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">""</code> 314 314 </em></span> 315 315 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/sbin/shutdown -c</code> 316 316 </em></span> 317 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 300926"></a>317 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533336"></a> 318 318 319 319 acl check permissions (S) 320 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 300927"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete"320 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533337"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete" 321 321 from a Windows client. If a Windows client doesn't have permissions to delete a file then they 322 322 expect this to be denied at open time. POSIX systems normally only detect restrictions on delete by … … 338 338 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl check permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 339 339 </em></span> 340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2 57823"></a>341 342 acl compatibility ( S)343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2 57824"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2481383"></a> 341 342 acl compatibility (G) 343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2481384"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should 344 344 be compatible with. Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>winnt</em></span> for Windows NT 4, 345 345 <span class="emphasis"><em>win2k</em></span> for Windows 2000 and above and <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>. … … 350 350 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl compatibility</code></em> = <code class="literal">win2k</code> 351 351 </em></span> 352 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 301129"></a>352 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2481459"></a> 353 353 354 354 acl group control (S) 355 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 301130"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>355 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2481460"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 356 356 In a POSIX filesystem, only the owner of a file or directory and the superuser can modify the permissions 357 357 and ACLs on a file. If this parameter is set, then Samba overrides this restriction, and also allows the … … 369 369 control the permissions on a file or directory they have group ownership on. 370 370 </p><p> 371 This parameter is best used with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INHERITOWNER" >inherit owner</a> option and also371 This parameter is best used with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INHERITOWNER" target="_top">inherit owner</a> option and also 372 372 on on a share containing directories with the UNIX <span class="emphasis"><em>setgid bit</em></span> set 373 373 on them, which causes new files and directories created within it to inherit the group … … 380 380 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl group control</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 381 381 </em></span> 382 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 301210"></a>382 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533727"></a> 383 383 384 384 acl map full control (S) 385 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 301211"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>385 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533728"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 386 386 This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum 387 387 allowed POSIX permission set, into a Windows ACL of "FULL CONTROL". If this parameter is set to true any POSIX … … 391 391 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl map full control</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 392 392 </em></span> 393 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 301258"></a>393 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533778"></a> 394 394 395 395 add group script (G) 396 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 301259"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>396 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533779"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 397 397 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a new group is requested. It 398 398 will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. This script is only useful … … 404 404 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/groupadd %g</code> 405 405 </em></span> 406 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 301329"></a>406 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533853"></a> 407 407 408 408 add machine script (G) 409 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 301330"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>409 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533854"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 410 410 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by 411 411 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is 412 412 added to Samba's domain and a Unix account matching the machine's name appended with a "$" does not 413 413 already exist. 414 </p><p>This option is very similar to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT" >add user script</a>, and likewise uses the %u414 </p><p>This option is very similar to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT" target="_top">add user script</a>, and likewise uses the %u 415 415 substitution for the account name. Do not use the %m 416 416 substitution. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add machine script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 418 418 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add machine script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /var/lib/nobody -s /bin/false %u</code> 419 419 </em></span> 420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 301402"></a>420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2533932"></a> 421 421 422 422 add port command (G) 423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 301403"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2533933"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports 424 424 remotely using the Windows "Add Standard TCP/IP Port Wizard". 425 425 This option defines an external program to be executed when … … 430 430 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add port command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/addport.sh</code> 431 431 </em></span> 432 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 301482"></a>432 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534015"></a> 433 433 434 434 add printer command (G) 435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 301483"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2534016"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing 436 436 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add 437 437 Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the … … 462 462 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add printer command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/addprinter</code> 463 463 </em></span> 464 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 301651"></a>464 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534199"></a> 465 465 466 466 add share command (G) 467 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 301652"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>467 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2534200"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 468 468 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 469 469 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> is used to define an external program 470 or script which will add a new service definition to <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. In order 471 to successfully execute the <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). 472 </p><p> 473 If the connected account has <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>, scripts defined in 474 <em class="parameter"><code>change share</code></em> parameter are executed as root. 475 </p><p> 470 or script which will add a new service definition to 471 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. 472 </p><p> 473 In order to successfully execute the 474 <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em>, 475 <code class="literal">smbd</code> requires that the administrator 476 connects using a root account (i.e. uid == 0) or has the 477 <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>. 478 Scripts defined in the <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> 479 parameter are executed as root. 480 </p><p> 476 481 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 477 482 <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> with five parameters. … … 487 492 share. 488 493 </p></li></ul></div><p> 489 This parameter is only used for add file shares. To add printer shares, see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND">addprinter command</a>.494 This parameter is only used to add file shares. To add printer shares, see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top">addprinter command</a>. 490 495 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 491 496 </em></span> 492 497 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/addshare</code> 493 498 </em></span> 494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 301826"></a>499 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534384"></a> 495 500 496 501 add user script (G) 497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 301827"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>502 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2534385"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 498 503 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by 499 504 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 507 512 </p><p> 508 513 In order to use this option, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be set to 509 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security = share</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT">add user script</a>514 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = share</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT" target="_top">add user script</a> 510 515 must be set to a full pathname for a script that will create a UNIX user given one argument of 511 516 <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em>, which expands into the UNIX user name to create. 512 517 </p><p> 513 518 When the Windows user attempts to access the Samba server, at login (session setup in 514 the SMB protocol) time, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" >password server</a>519 the SMB protocol) time, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top">password server</a> 515 520 and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password. If the authentication 516 521 succeeds then <code class="literal">smbd</code> attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX 517 522 password database to map the Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and 518 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT" >add user script</a> is set then <code class="literal">smbd</code> will523 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT" target="_top">add user script</a> is set then <code class="literal">smbd</code> will 519 524 call the specified script <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>, expanding any 520 525 <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> argument to be the user name to create. … … 524 529 match existing Windows NT accounts. 525 530 </p><p> 526 See also <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a>,527 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEUSERSCRIPT" >delete user script</a>.531 See also <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top">password server</a>, 532 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEUSERSCRIPT" target="_top">delete user script</a>. 528 533 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 529 534 </em></span> 530 535 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</code> 531 536 </em></span> 532 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302015"></a>537 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534596"></a> 533 538 534 539 add user to group script (G) 535 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302016"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>540 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2534597"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 536 541 Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration 537 542 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 545 550 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user to group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</code> 546 551 </em></span> 547 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302098"></a>552 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534682"></a> 548 553 549 554 admin users (S) 550 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302099"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted555 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2534683"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted 551 556 administrative privileges on the share. This means that they 552 557 will do all file operations as the super-user (root).</p><p>You should use this option very carefully, as any user in 553 558 this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, 554 irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security = share</a> in559 irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = share</a> in 555 560 Samba 3.0. This is by design.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>admin users</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 556 561 </em></span> 557 562 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>admin users</code></em> = <code class="literal">jason</code> 558 563 </em></span> 559 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302166"></a>564 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534755"></a> 560 565 561 566 afs share (S) 562 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302167"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled567 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2534756"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled 563 568 for this share. If enabled, it assumes that the directory exported via 564 569 the <em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> parameter is a local AFS import. The … … 567 572 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs share</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 568 573 </em></span> 569 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302211"></a>574 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534803"></a> 570 575 571 576 afs username map (G) 572 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302212"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might577 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2534804"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might 573 578 want to hand-craft the usernames you are creating tokens for. 574 579 For example this is necessary if you have users from several domain … … 580 585 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs username map</code></em> = <code class="literal">%u@afs.samba.org</code> 581 586 </em></span> 582 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302269"></a>587 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534865"></a> 583 588 584 589 aio read size (S) 585 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302270"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this590 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2534866"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 586 591 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 587 592 Samba will read from file asynchronously when size of request is bigger 588 593 than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining 589 594 reads and when not using write cache.</p><p>Current implementation of asynchronous I/O in Samba 3.0 does support 590 only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITECACHESIZE" >write cache size</a></p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AIOWRITESIZE">aio write size</a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio read size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>595 only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITECACHESIZE" target="_top">write cache size</a></p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AIOWRITESIZE" target="_top">aio write size</a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio read size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 591 596 </em></span> 592 597 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio read size</code></em> = <code class="literal">16384 … … 594 599 request size</code> 595 600 </em></span> 596 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302349"></a>601 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2534952"></a> 597 602 598 603 aio write size (S) 599 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302350"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this604 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2534953"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 600 605 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 601 606 Samba will write to file asynchronously when size of request is bigger 602 607 than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining 603 608 reads and when not using write cache.</p><p>Current implementation of asynchronous I/O in Samba 3.0 does support 604 only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITECACHESIZE" >write cache size</a></p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AIOREADSIZE">aio read size</a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>609 only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITECACHESIZE" target="_top">write cache size</a></p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AIOREADSIZE" target="_top">aio read size</a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 605 610 </em></span> 606 611 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write size</code></em> = <code class="literal">16384 … … 608 613 request size</code> 609 614 </em></span> 610 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302428"></a>615 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535038"></a> 611 616 612 617 algorithmic rid base (G) 613 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302429"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its618 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535039"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its 614 619 algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct 615 620 NT Security Identifiers. … … 626 631 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>algorithmic rid base</code></em> = <code class="literal">100000</code> 627 632 </em></span> 628 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302493"></a>633 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535108"></a> 629 634 630 635 allocation roundup size (S) 631 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302494"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the636 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535109"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the 632 637 allocation size reported to Windows clients. The default 633 638 size of 1Mb generally results in improved Windows client … … 641 646 # (to disable roundups)</code> 642 647 </em></span> 643 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302553"></a>648 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535173"></a> 644 649 645 650 allow trusted domains (G) 646 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302554"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>647 This option only takes effect when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security</a> option is set to651 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535174"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 652 This option only takes effect when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a> option is set to 648 653 <code class="constant">server</code>, <code class="constant">domain</code> or <code class="constant">ads</code>. 649 654 If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from … … 659 664 can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>allow trusted domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 660 665 </em></span> 661 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302616"></a>666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535245"></a> 662 667 663 668 announce as (G) 664 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302617"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535246"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse 665 670 list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options 666 671 are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"), … … 674 679 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce as</code></em> = <code class="literal">Win95</code> 675 680 </em></span> 676 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302685"></a>681 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535323"></a> 677 682 678 683 announce version (G) 679 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302686"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers684 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535324"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers 680 685 that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default 681 686 is 4.9. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific … … 684 689 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce version</code></em> = <code class="literal">2.0</code> 685 690 </em></span> 686 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302740"></a>691 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535380"></a> 687 692 688 693 auth methods (G) 689 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302741"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>694 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535381"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 690 695 This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods <code class="literal">smbd</code> 691 will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security</a>.696 will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a>. 692 697 This should be considered a developer option and used only in rare circumstances. In the majority (if not all) 693 698 of production servers, the default setting should be adequate. … … 708 713 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>auth methods</code></em> = <code class="literal">guest sam winbind</code> 709 714 </em></span> 710 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302836"></a>715 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535486"></a> 711 716 712 717 available (S) 713 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302837"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If718 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535487"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If 714 719 <em class="parameter"><code>available = no</code></em>, then <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span> 715 720 attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are 716 721 logged.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>available</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 717 722 </em></span> 718 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 302882"></a>723 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535533"></a> 719 724 720 725 bind interfaces only (G) 721 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 302883"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin726 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535534"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin 722 727 to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It 723 728 affects file service <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p> 724 729 For name service it causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the 725 interfaces listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" >interfaces</a> parameter. <code class="literal">nmbd</code>730 interfaces listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top">interfaces</a> parameter. <code class="literal">nmbd</code> 726 731 also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0.0.0.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of 727 732 reading broadcast messages. If this option is not set then <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will 728 service name requests on all of these sockets. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY" >bind interfaces only</a> is set then733 service name requests on all of these sockets. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY" target="_top">bind interfaces only</a> is set then 729 734 <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will check the source address of any packets coming in on the 730 735 broadcast sockets and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses of the interfaces in the 731 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" >interfaces</a> parameter list. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it736 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top">interfaces</a> parameter list. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it 732 737 allows <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that 733 arrive through any interfaces not listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" >interfaces</a> list. IP Source address738 arrive through any interfaces not listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top">interfaces</a> list. IP Source address 734 739 spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for 735 740 <code class="literal">nmbd</code>. 736 741 </p><p> 737 For file service it causes <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to bind only to the interface list given in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" >interfaces</a> parameter. This restricts the networks that <code class="literal">smbd</code> will742 For file service it causes <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to bind only to the interface list given in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top">interfaces</a> parameter. This restricts the networks that <code class="literal">smbd</code> will 738 743 serve to packets coming in those interfaces. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that 739 744 are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with 740 745 non-permanent interfaces. 741 746 </p><p> 742 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY" >bind interfaces only</a> is set then unless the network address743 <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" >interfaces</a> parameter list747 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY" target="_top">bind interfaces only</a> is set then unless the network address 748 <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top">interfaces</a> parameter list 744 749 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> and 745 750 <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> may not work as … … 748 753 To change a users SMB password, the <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> by default connects to the 749 754 <span class="emphasis"><em>localhost - 127.0.0.1</em></span> address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If 750 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY" >bind interfaces only</a> is set then unless the network address751 <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" >interfaces</a> parameter list then <code class="literal"> smbpasswd</code> will fail to connect in it's default mode. <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using755 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY" target="_top">bind interfaces only</a> is set then unless the network address 756 <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top">interfaces</a> parameter list then <code class="literal"> smbpasswd</code> will fail to connect in it's default mode. <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using 752 757 its <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> <em class="parameter"><code>-r <em class="replaceable"><code>remote machine</code></em></code></em> parameter, with <em class="replaceable"><code>remote 753 758 machine</code></em> set to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host. … … 760 765 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>bind interfaces only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 761 766 </em></span> 762 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303179"></a>767 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535860"></a> 763 768 764 769 blocking locks (S) 765 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303180"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior770 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535861"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior 766 771 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client 767 772 to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the … … 774 779 cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>blocking locks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 775 780 </em></span> 776 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303237"></a>781 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2535924"></a> 777 782 778 783 block size (S) 779 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303238"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free784 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2535926"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free 780 785 sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes. 781 786 </p><p>Changing this parameter may have some effect on the … … 791 796 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>block size</code></em> = <code class="literal">4096</code> 792 797 </em></span> 793 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303309"></a>798 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536002"></a> 794 799 795 800 <a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable 796 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303310"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303335"></a>801 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536004"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536029"></a> 797 802 798 803 browseable (S) 799 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303336"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in804 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536030"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in 800 805 the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browseable</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 801 806 </em></span> 802 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303373"></a>807 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536068"></a> 803 808 804 809 browse list (G) 805 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303374"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to810 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536069"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to 806 811 a client doing a <code class="literal">NetServerEnum</code> call. Normally 807 812 set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. You should never need to change 808 813 this.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browse list</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 809 814 </em></span> 810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303426"></a>815 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536123"></a> 811 816 812 817 <a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames 813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303427"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id303452"></a>818 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536124"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536150"></a> 814 819 815 820 case sensitive (S) 816 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303453"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>817 </em></span> 818 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303496"></a>821 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536151"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 822 </em></span> 823 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536196"></a> 819 824 820 825 change notify (S) 821 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303497"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply826 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536197"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply 822 827 to a client's file change notify requests. 823 828 </p><p>You should never need to change this parameter</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 824 829 </em></span> 825 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303537"></a>830 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536239"></a> 826 831 827 832 change share command (G) 828 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303538"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>833 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536240"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 829 834 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 830 835 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> is used to define an external 831 program or script which will modify an existing service definition in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. In order to successfully execute the <em class="parameter"><code>change 832 share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> requires that the administrator be 833 connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). 834 </p><p> 835 If the connected account has <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>, scripts defined in 836 <em class="parameter"><code>change share</code></em> parameter are executed as root. 836 program or script which will modify an existing service definition in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. 837 </p><p> 838 In order to successfully execute the 839 <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em>, 840 <code class="literal">smbd</code> requires that the administrator 841 connects using a root account (i.e. uid == 0) or has the 842 <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>. 843 Scripts defined in the <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> 844 parameter are executed as root. 837 845 </p><p> 838 846 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the … … 851 859 share. 852 860 </p></li></ul></div><p> 853 This parameter is only used modify existing file shares definitions. To modify 854 printer shares, use the "Printers..." folder as seen when browsing the Samba host. 861 This parameter is only used to modify existing file share definitions. 862 To modify printer shares, use the "Printers..." folder as seen 863 when browsing the Samba host. 855 864 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 856 865 </em></span> 857 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/ addshare</code>858 </em></span> 859 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303706"></a>866 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/changeshare</code> 867 </em></span> 868 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536418"></a> 860 869 861 870 check password script (G) 862 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303707"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password871 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536419"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password 863 872 complexity. The password is sent to the program's standrad input.</p><p>The program must return 0 on good password any other value otherwise. 864 873 In case the password is considered weak (the program do not return 0) the … … 868 877 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">check password script = /usr/local/sbin/crackcheck</code> 869 878 </em></span> 870 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303770"></a>879 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536486"></a> 871 880 872 881 client lanman auth (G) 873 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303771"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client882 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536487"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client 874 883 tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the 875 884 weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT … … 882 891 attempted.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 883 892 </em></span> 884 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303839"></a>893 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536562"></a> 885 894 886 895 client ntlmv2 auth (G) 887 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303840"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to896 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536563"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 888 897 authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password 889 898 response.</p><p>If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more … … 897 906 responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ntlmv2 auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 898 907 </em></span> 899 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303919"></a>908 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536650"></a> 900 909 901 910 client plaintext auth (G) 902 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303920"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext911 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536651"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext 903 912 password if the server does not support encrypted passwords.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client plaintext auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 904 913 </em></span> 905 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 303956"></a>914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536689"></a> 906 915 907 916 client schannel (G) 908 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 303958"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536690"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 909 918 This controls whether the client offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 910 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL" >client schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel,911 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL" >client schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not912 enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL" >client schannel = yes</a> denies access919 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL" target="_top">client schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, 920 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL" target="_top">client schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not 921 enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL" target="_top">client schannel = yes</a> denies access 913 922 if the server is not able to speak netlogon schannel. 914 923 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> … … 916 925 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 917 926 </em></span> 918 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304032"></a>927 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536773"></a> 919 928 920 929 client signing (G) 921 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304033"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires930 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536774"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires 922 931 the server it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values 923 932 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> … … 928 937 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 929 938 </em></span> 930 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304085"></a>939 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536828"></a> 931 940 932 941 client use spnego (G) 933 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304086"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try942 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536829"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try 934 943 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 935 944 supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba … … 937 946 mechanism. This enables Kerberos authentication in particular.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 938 947 </em></span> 939 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304124"></a>948 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536870"></a> 940 949 941 950 comment (S) 942 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304125"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share951 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536871"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share 943 952 when a client does a queries the server, either via the network 944 953 neighborhood or via <code class="literal">net view</code> to list what shares 945 954 are available.</p><p>If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the 946 machine name then see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSTRING" >server string</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">955 machine name then see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSTRING" target="_top">server string</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 947 956 # No comment</code> 948 957 </em></span> 949 958 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">Fred's Files</code> 950 959 </em></span> 951 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304195"></a>960 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2536944"></a> 952 961 953 962 config file (G) 954 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304196"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file963 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2536945"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file 955 964 to use, instead of the default (usually <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>). 956 965 There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set … … 962 971 clients).</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</code> 963 972 </em></span> 964 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304255"></a>973 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537010"></a> 965 974 966 975 copy (S) 967 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304256"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service976 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537011"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service 968 977 entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the 969 978 current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current … … 975 984 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>copy</code></em> = <code class="literal">otherservice</code> 976 985 </em></span> 977 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304314"></a>986 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537072"></a> 978 987 979 988 <a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode 980 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304315"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304340"></a>989 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537073"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537099"></a> 981 990 982 991 create mask (S) 983 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304341"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>992 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537100"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 984 993 When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to 985 994 UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may … … 991 1000 </p><p> 992 1001 Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the 993 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" >force create mode</a> parameter which is set to 000 by default.994 </p><p> 995 This parameter does not affect directory masks. See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" >directory mask</a>1002 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" target="_top">force create mode</a> parameter which is set to 000 by default. 1003 </p><p> 1004 This parameter does not affect directory masks. See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a> 996 1005 for details. 997 1006 </p><p> 998 1007 Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the 999 administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK" >security mask</a>.1008 administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK" target="_top">security mask</a>. 1000 1009 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0744</code> 1001 1010 </em></span> 1002 1011 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1003 1012 </em></span> 1004 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304448"></a>1013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537220"></a> 1005 1014 1006 1015 csc policy (S) 1007 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304449"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537221"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1008 1017 This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline 1009 1018 caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. … … 1012 1021 </p><p> 1013 1022 For example, shares containing roaming profiles can have offline caching disabled using 1014 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CSCPOLICY" >csc policy = disable</a>.1023 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CSCPOLICY" target="_top">csc policy = disable</a>. 1015 1024 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">manual</code> 1016 1025 </em></span> 1017 1026 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">programs</code> 1018 1027 </em></span> 1019 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304520"></a>1028 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537295"></a> 1020 1029 1021 1030 cups options (S) 1022 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304521"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1023 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" >printing</a> is1031 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537296"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1032 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is 1024 1033 set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. Its value is a free form string of options 1025 1034 passed directly to the cups library. … … 1042 1051 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw media=a4"</code> 1043 1052 </em></span> 1044 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304610"></a>1053 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537393"></a> 1045 1054 1046 1055 cups server (G) 1047 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304611"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1048 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" >printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>.1056 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537394"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1057 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1049 1058 </p><p> 1050 1059 If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS <code class="filename">client.conf</code>. This is … … 1059 1068 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups server</code></em> = <code class="literal">mycupsserver:1631</code> 1060 1069 </em></span> 1061 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304702"></a>1070 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537491"></a> 1062 1071 1063 1072 deadtime (G) 1064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304703"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)1073 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537492"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) 1065 1074 represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection 1066 1075 is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes … … 1074 1083 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deadtime</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 1075 1084 </em></span> 1076 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304774"></a>1085 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537568"></a> 1077 1086 1078 1087 debug hires timestamp (G) 1079 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304775"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1088 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537569"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1080 1089 Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this 1081 1090 boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp message header when turned on. 1082 1091 </p><p> 1083 Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" >debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect.1092 Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" target="_top">debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect. 1084 1093 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug hires timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1085 1094 </em></span> 1086 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304823"></a>1095 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537623"></a> 1087 1096 1088 1097 debug pid (G) 1089 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304824"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1098 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537624"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1090 1099 When using only one log file for more then one forked <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which 1091 1100 message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the 1092 1101 logfile when turned on. 1093 1102 </p><p> 1094 Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" >debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect.1103 Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" target="_top">debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect. 1095 1104 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug pid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1096 1105 </em></span> 1097 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304880"></a>1106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537685"></a> 1098 1107 1099 1108 debug prefix timestamp (G) 1100 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304881"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537686"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1101 1110 With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the 1102 filename and function information that is included with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" >debug timestamp</a>1111 filename and function information that is included with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" target="_top">debug timestamp</a> 1103 1112 parameter. This gives timestamps to the messages without adding an additional line. 1104 1113 </p><p> 1105 Note that this parameter overrides the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" >debug timestamp</a> parameter.1114 Note that this parameter overrides the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" target="_top">debug timestamp</a> parameter. 1106 1115 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug prefix timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1107 1116 </em></span> 1108 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 304937"></a>1117 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537748"></a> 1109 1118 1110 1119 <a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs 1111 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304938"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id304963"></a>1120 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537749"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537775"></a> 1112 1121 1113 1122 debug timestamp (G) 1114 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 304964"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1123 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537776"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1115 1124 Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high 1116 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL" >debug level</a> these timestamps can be distracting. This1125 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL" target="_top">debug level</a> these timestamps can be distracting. This 1117 1126 boolean parameter allows timestamping to be turned off. 1118 1127 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1119 1128 </em></span> 1120 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305009"></a>1129 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537823"></a> 1121 1130 1122 1131 debug uid (G) 1123 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305010"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1132 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537824"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1124 1133 Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the 1125 1134 current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on. 1126 1135 </p><p> 1127 Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" >debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect.1136 Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" target="_top">debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect. 1128 1137 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1129 1138 </em></span> 1130 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305058"></a>1139 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537877"></a> 1131 1140 1132 1141 default case (S) 1133 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305059"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>.1134 Also note the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" >short preserve case</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code>1135 </em></span> 1136 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305109"></a>1142 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537878"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>. 1143 Also note the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" target="_top">short preserve case</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code> 1144 </em></span> 1145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2537931"></a> 1137 1146 1138 1147 default devmode (S) 1139 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305110"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE">printable</a> services.1148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2537932"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE" target="_top">printable</a> services. 1140 1149 When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba 1141 1150 server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and … … 1160 1169 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default devmode</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1161 1170 </em></span> 1162 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305184"></a>1171 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538019"></a> 1163 1172 1164 1173 <a name="DEFAULT"></a>default 1165 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305185"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id305211"></a>1174 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538020"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538046"></a> 1166 1175 1167 1176 default service (G) 1168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305212"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service1177 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538047"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service 1169 1178 which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot 1170 1179 be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> … … 1172 1181 parameter is not given, attempting to connect to a nonexistent 1173 1182 service results in an error.</p><p> 1174 Typically the default service would be a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" >guest ok</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READ-ONLY">read-only</a> service.</p><p>Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal1183 Typically the default service would be a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READ-ONLY" target="_top">read-only</a> service.</p><p>Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal 1175 1184 that of the requested service, this is very useful as it allows you to use macros like <em class="parameter"><code>%S</code></em> to make a wildcard service. 1176 1185 </p><p>Note also that any "_" characters in the name of the service … … 1180 1189 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default service</code></em> = <code class="literal">pub</code> 1181 1190 </em></span> 1182 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305303"></a>1191 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538148"></a> 1183 1192 1184 1193 defer sharing violations (G) 1185 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305304"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1194 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538149"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1186 1195 Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with 1187 1196 other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when … … 1196 1205 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>defer sharing violations</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 1197 1206 </em></span> 1198 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305352"></a>1207 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538203"></a> 1199 1208 1200 1209 delete group script (G) 1201 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305353"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1210 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538204"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1202 1211 be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted. 1203 1212 It will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. … … 1205 1214 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete group script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1206 1215 </em></span> 1207 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305406"></a>1216 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538259"></a> 1208 1217 1209 1218 deleteprinter command (G) 1210 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305407"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer1219 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538260"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer 1211 1220 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now 1212 1221 possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the 1213 1222 DeletePrinter() RPC call.</p><p>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be 1214 1223 physically deleted from underlying printing system. The 1215 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" >deleteprinter command</a> defines a script to be run which1224 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top">deleteprinter command</a> defines a script to be run which 1216 1225 will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer 1217 1226 from the print system and from <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. 1218 </p><p>The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" >deleteprinter command</a> is1219 automatically called with only one parameter: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERNAME" >printer name</a>.1220 </p><p>Once the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" >deleteprinter command</a> has1227 </p><p>The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top">deleteprinter command</a> is 1228 automatically called with only one parameter: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERNAME" target="_top">printer name</a>. 1229 </p><p>Once the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top">deleteprinter command</a> has 1221 1230 been executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will reparse the <code class="filename"> 1222 1231 smb.conf</code> to associated printer no longer exists. … … 1226 1235 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deleteprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/removeprinter</code> 1227 1236 </em></span> 1228 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305522"></a>1237 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538386"></a> 1229 1238 1230 1239 delete readonly (S) 1231 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305523"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.1240 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538387"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 1232 1241 This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such 1233 1242 as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file 1234 1243 permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1235 1244 </em></span> 1236 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305564"></a>1245 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538431"></a> 1237 1246 1238 1247 delete share command (G) 1239 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305566"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1248 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538432"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1240 1249 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 1241 1250 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an external 1242 1251 program or script which will remove an existing service definition from 1243 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. In order to successfully execute the 1244 <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> 1245 requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). 1246 </p><p> 1247 If the connected account has <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>, scripts defined in 1248 <em class="parameter"><code>change share</code></em> parameter are executed as root. 1249 </p><p> 1252 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. 1253 </p><p>In order to successfully execute the 1254 <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em>, 1255 <code class="literal">smbd</code> requires that the administrator 1256 connects using a root account (i.e. uid == 0) or has the 1257 <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>. 1258 Scripts defined in the <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> 1259 parameter are executed as root. 1260 </p><p> 1250 1261 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 1251 1262 <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> with two parameters. … … 1256 1267 </p></li></ul></div><p> 1257 1268 This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares, 1258 see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" >deleteprinter command</a>.1269 see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top">deleteprinter command</a>. 1259 1270 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1260 1271 </em></span> 1261 1272 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/delshare</code> 1262 1273 </em></span> 1263 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305708"></a>1274 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538583"></a> 1264 1275 1265 1276 delete user from group script (G) 1266 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305709"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when1277 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538584"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when 1267 1278 a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration 1268 1279 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. … … 1273 1284 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user from group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</code> 1274 1285 </em></span> 1275 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305782"></a>1286 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538663"></a> 1276 1287 1277 1288 delete user script (G) 1278 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305783"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will1289 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538664"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1279 1290 be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users 1280 1291 with remote RPC (NT) tools. … … 1285 1296 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</code> 1286 1297 </em></span> 1287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305854"></a>1298 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538739"></a> 1288 1299 1289 1300 delete veto files (S) 1290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305855"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to1301 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538740"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to 1291 1302 delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories 1292 (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES" >veto files</a>1303 (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES" target="_top">veto files</a> 1293 1304 option). If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> (the default) then if a vetoed 1294 1305 directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the … … 1298 1309 serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within 1299 1310 directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing 1300 (e.g. <code class="filename">.AppleDouble</code>)</p><p>Setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEVETOFILES" >delete veto files = yes</a> allows these1311 (e.g. <code class="filename">.AppleDouble</code>)</p><p>Setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEVETOFILES" target="_top">delete veto files = yes</a> allows these 1301 1312 directories to be transparently deleted when the parent directory 1302 1313 is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1303 1314 </em></span> 1304 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305930"></a>1315 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538825"></a> 1305 1316 1306 1317 dfree cache time (S) 1307 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305931"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1318 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538826"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1308 1319 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> should only be used on systems where a problem 1309 1320 occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur … … 1313 1324 This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21. It specifies in seconds the time that smbd will 1314 1325 cache the output of a disk free query. If set to zero (the default) no caching is done. This allows a heavily 1315 loaded server to prevent rapid spawning of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DFREECOMMAND" >dfree command</a> scripts increasing the load.1326 loaded server to prevent rapid spawning of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DFREECOMMAND" target="_top">dfree command</a> scripts increasing the load. 1316 1327 </p><p> 1317 1328 By default this parameter is zero, meaning no caching will be done. 1318 1329 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">dfree cache time = 60</code> 1319 1330 </em></span> 1320 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 305995"></a>1331 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2538897"></a> 1321 1332 1322 1333 dfree command (S) 1323 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 305996"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1334 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2538898"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1324 1335 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> setting should only be used on systems where a 1325 1336 problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may … … 1332 1343 </p><p> 1333 1344 In Samba version 3.0.21 this parameter has been changed to be a per-share parameter, and in addition the 1334 parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DFREECACHETIME" >dfree cache time</a> was added to allow the output of this script to be cached1345 parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DFREECACHETIME" target="_top">dfree cache time</a> was added to allow the output of this script to be cached 1335 1346 for systems under heavy load. 1336 1347 </p><p> … … 1359 1370 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</code> 1360 1371 </em></span> 1361 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306102"></a>1372 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539019"></a> 1362 1373 1363 1374 <a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode 1364 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306103"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id306128"></a>1375 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539020"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539046"></a> 1365 1376 1366 1377 directory mask (S) 1367 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306129"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are1378 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539047"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are 1368 1379 used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX 1369 1380 directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are … … 1376 1387 and 'other' write bits from the UNIX mode, allowing only the 1377 1388 user who owns the directory to modify it.</p><p>Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode 1378 created from this parameter with the value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" >force directory mode</a> parameter.1389 created from this parameter with the value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" target="_top">force directory mode</a> parameter. 1379 1390 This parameter is set to 000 by default (i.e. no extra mode bits are added).</p><p>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions 1380 1391 set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce 1381 a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" >directory security mask</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code>1392 a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" target="_top">directory security mask</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1382 1393 </em></span> 1383 1394 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1384 1395 </em></span> 1385 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306221"></a>1396 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539151"></a> 1386 1397 1387 1398 directory security mask (S) 1388 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306222"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits1399 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539152"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 1389 1400 will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 1390 1401 permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog 1391 1402 box.</p><p> 1392 1403 This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the incoming permission bits, thus resetting 1393 any bits not in this mask. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" >force directory security mode</a>, which works similar like this one but uses logical OR instead of AND.1404 any bits not in this mask. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" target="_top">force directory security mode</a>, which works similar like this one but uses logical OR instead of AND. 1394 1405 Essentially, zero bits in this mask are a set of bits that will always be set to zero. 1395 1406 </p><p> … … 1406 1417 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0700</code> 1407 1418 </em></span> 1408 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306310"></a>1419 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539251"></a> 1409 1420 1410 1421 disable netbios (G) 1411 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306311"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support1422 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539252"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support 1412 1423 in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in 1413 1424 all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Clients that only support netbios won't be able to … … 1415 1426 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable netbios</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1416 1427 </em></span> 1417 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306353"></a>1428 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539297"></a> 1418 1429 1419 1430 disable spoolss (G) 1420 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306354"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support1431 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539298"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support 1421 1432 for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior 1422 1433 as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using … … 1430 1441 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1431 1442 </em></span> 1432 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306398"></a>1443 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539348"></a> 1433 1444 1434 1445 display charset (G) 1435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306399"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1446 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539350"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1436 1447 Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr. 1437 1448 The default value is "LOCALE", which means automatically set, depending on the 1438 1449 current locale. The value should generally be the same as the value of the parameter 1439 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" >unix charset</a>.1450 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET" target="_top">unix charset</a>. 1440 1451 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system)</code> 1441 1452 </em></span> 1442 1453 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">UTF8</code> 1443 1454 </em></span> 1444 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306460"></a>1455 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539415"></a> 1445 1456 1446 1457 dmapi support (S) 1447 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306461"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to1458 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539416"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to 1448 1459 determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically 1449 1460 be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that … … 1460 1471 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1461 1472 </em></span> 1462 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306513"></a>1473 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539474"></a> 1463 1474 1464 1475 dns proxy (G) 1465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306514"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and1476 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539475"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and 1466 1477 finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the 1467 1478 NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server … … 1472 1483 action.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dns proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1473 1484 </em></span> 1474 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306572"></a>1485 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539537"></a> 1475 1486 1476 1487 domain logons (G) 1477 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306574"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1488 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539538"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1478 1489 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the Samba server will 1479 1490 provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the 1480 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" >workgroup</a> it is in.1491 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> it is in. 1481 1492 This will also cause the Samba server to act as a domain 1482 1493 controller for NT4 style domain services. For more details on … … 1485 1496 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain logons</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1486 1497 </em></span> 1487 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306623"></a>1498 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539591"></a> 1488 1499 1489 1500 domain master (G) 1490 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306624"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1501 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539592"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1491 1502 Tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable 1492 1503 WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to claim a 1493 1504 special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given 1494 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" >workgroup</a>. Local master browsers in the same <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> on1505 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a>. Local master browsers in the same <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> on 1495 1506 broadcast-isolated subnets will give this <code class="literal">nmbd</code> their local browse lists, 1496 1507 and then ask <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> for a … … 1499 1510 broadcast-isolated subnet. 1500 1511 </p><p> 1501 Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be able to claim this <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" >workgroup</a> specific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for that1502 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" >workgroup</a> by default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting1512 Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be able to claim this <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> specific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for that 1513 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> by default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting 1503 1514 to do this). This means that if this parameter is set and <code class="literal">nmbd</code> claims the 1504 special name for a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" >workgroup</a> before a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross1515 special name for a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> before a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross 1505 1516 subnet browsing will behave strangely and may fail. 1506 1517 </p><p> 1507 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" >domain logons = yes</a>, then the default behavior is to enable the1508 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" >domain master</a> parameter. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons</a> is not enabled (the1509 default setting), then neither will <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" >domain master</a> be enabled by default.1510 </p><p> 1511 When <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" >domain logons = Yes</a> the default setting for this parameter is1512 Yes, with the result that Samba will be a PDC. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" >domain master = No</a>,1518 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" target="_top">domain logons = yes</a>, then the default behavior is to enable the 1519 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master</a> parameter. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" target="_top">domain logons</a> is not enabled (the 1520 default setting), then neither will <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master</a> be enabled by default. 1521 </p><p> 1522 When <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" target="_top">domain logons = Yes</a> the default setting for this parameter is 1523 Yes, with the result that Samba will be a PDC. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master = No</a>, 1513 1524 Samba will function as a BDC. In general, this parameter should be set to 'No' only on a BDC. 1514 1525 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1515 1526 </em></span> 1516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306789"></a>1527 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539782"></a> 1517 1528 1518 1529 dont descend (S) 1519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306790"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems1530 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539783"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems 1520 1531 (e.g., the <code class="filename">/proc</code> tree under Linux) that are either not 1521 1532 of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This … … 1528 1539 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dont descend</code></em> = <code class="literal">/proc,/dev</code> 1529 1540 </em></span> 1530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306863"></a>1541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539860"></a> 1531 1542 1532 1543 dos charset (G) 1533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306864"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has1544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539861"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has 1534 1545 the same charset as they do. This option specifies which 1535 1546 charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. 1536 1547 </p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed. 1537 1548 Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in 1538 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306902"></a>1549 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539901"></a> 1539 1550 1540 1551 dos filemode (S) 1541 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306903"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide1552 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539902"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide 1542 1553 UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is 1543 1554 able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior … … 1550 1561 file/directory may also be changed.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1551 1562 </em></span> 1552 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306944"></a>1563 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2539948"></a> 1553 1564 1554 1565 dos filetime resolution (S) 1555 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 306945"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest1566 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2539949"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest 1556 1567 granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter 1557 1568 for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the … … 1568 1579 happy.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetime resolution</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1569 1580 </em></span> 1570 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 306999"></a>1581 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540012"></a> 1571 1582 1572 1583 dos filetimes (S) 1573 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307000"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a1584 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540013"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a 1574 1585 file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, 1575 1586 only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By … … 1585 1596 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetimes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1586 1597 </em></span> 1587 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307058"></a>1598 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540077"></a> 1588 1599 1589 1600 ea support (S) 1590 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307060"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended1601 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540078"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended 1591 1602 attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter the underlying filesystem exported by 1592 1603 the share must support extended attributes (such as provided on XFS and EXT3 on Linux, with the … … 1595 1606 extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ea support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1596 1607 </em></span> 1597 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307107"></a>1608 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540130"></a> 1598 1609 1599 1610 enable asu support (G) 1600 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307108"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product1611 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540131"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product 1601 1612 require some special accomodations such as creating a builting [ADMIN$] 1602 1613 share that only supports IPC connections. The has been the default … … 1606 1617 an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable asu support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1607 1618 </em></span> 1608 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307148"></a>1619 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540175"></a> 1609 1620 1610 1621 enable privileges (G) 1611 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307149"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1622 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540176"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1612 1623 This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either 1613 1624 <code class="literal">net rpc rights</code> or one of the Windows user and group manager tools. This parameter is … … 1622 1633 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable privileges</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1623 1634 </em></span> 1624 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307203"></a>1635 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540236"></a> 1625 1636 1626 1637 encrypt passwords (G) 1627 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307204"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords1638 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540237"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords 1628 1639 will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and 1629 1640 above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords … … 1644 1655 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must either 1645 1656 have access to a local <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file (see the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> program for information on how to set up 1646 and maintain this file), or set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security = [server|domain|ads]</a> parameter which1657 and maintain this file), or set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = [server|domain|ads]</a> parameter which 1647 1658 causes <code class="literal">smbd</code> to authenticate against another 1648 1659 server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>encrypt passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1649 1660 </em></span> 1650 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307293"></a>1661 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540340"></a> 1651 1662 1652 1663 enhanced browsing (G) 1653 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307294"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to1664 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540341"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to 1654 1665 cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba 1655 1666 but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. … … 1664 1675 cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enhanced browsing</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1665 1676 </em></span> 1666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307348"></a>1677 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540401"></a> 1667 1678 1668 1679 enumports command (G) 1669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307349"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign1680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540402"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign 1670 1681 to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port 1671 1682 is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of … … 1684 1695 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enumports command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/listports</code> 1685 1696 </em></span> 1686 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307422"></a>1697 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540482"></a> 1687 1698 1688 1699 eventlog list (G) 1689 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307423"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will1700 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540483"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will 1690 1701 report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility. The listed 1691 1702 eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the … … 1700 1711 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>eventlog list</code></em> = <code class="literal">Security Application Syslog Apache</code> 1701 1712 </em></span> 1702 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307491"></a>1713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540555"></a> 1703 1714 1704 1715 fake directory create times (S) 1705 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307492"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create1716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540556"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create 1706 1717 time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the 1707 1718 ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default … … 1725 1736 will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake directory create times</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1726 1737 </em></span> 1727 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307546"></a>1738 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540622"></a> 1728 1739 1729 1740 fake oplocks (S) 1730 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307547"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission1741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540624"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission 1731 1742 from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants 1732 1743 an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume … … 1735 1746 file open/close operations. This can give enormous performance benefits. 1736 1747 </p><p>When you set <code class="literal">fake oplocks = yes</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will 1737 always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file.</p><p>It is generally much better to use the real <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" >oplocks</a> support rather1748 always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file.</p><p>It is generally much better to use the real <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> support rather 1738 1749 than this parameter.</p><p>If you enable this option on all read-only shares or 1739 1750 shares that you know will only be accessed from one client at a … … 1744 1755 this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1745 1756 </em></span> 1746 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307624"></a>1757 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540713"></a> 1747 1758 1748 1759 follow symlinks (S) 1749 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307625"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1760 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540714"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1750 1761 This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this 1751 1762 parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being … … 1757 1768 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>follow symlinks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1758 1769 </em></span> 1759 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307689"></a>1770 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540783"></a> 1760 1771 1761 1772 force create mode (S) 1762 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307690"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit1773 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540784"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1763 1774 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a 1764 1775 file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto … … 1773 1784 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force create mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1774 1785 </em></span> 1775 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307758"></a>1786 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540858"></a> 1776 1787 1777 1788 force directory mode (S) 1778 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307760"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit1789 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540859"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1779 1790 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory 1780 1791 created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the … … 1789 1800 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1790 1801 </em></span> 1791 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307828"></a>1802 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2540932"></a> 1792 1803 1793 1804 force directory security mode (S) 1794 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307829"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1805 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2540933"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1795 1806 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 1796 1807 the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box. 1797 1808 </p><p> 1798 1809 This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this 1799 mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" >directory security mask</a>, which works in a similar manner to this one, but uses a logical AND instead1810 mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" target="_top">directory security mask</a>, which works in a similar manner to this one, but uses a logical AND instead 1800 1811 of an OR. 1801 1812 </p><p> … … 1813 1824 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 1814 1825 </em></span> 1815 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 307912"></a>1826 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541029"></a> 1816 1827 1817 1828 <a name="GROUP"></a>group 1818 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307913"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id307938"></a>1829 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541030"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541056"></a> 1819 1830 1820 1831 force group (S) 1821 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 307939"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be1832 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541057"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be 1822 1833 assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting 1823 1834 to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring … … 1837 1848 primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share. All 1838 1849 other users will retain their ordinary primary group.</p><p> 1839 If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEUSER" >force user</a> parameter is also set the group specified in1850 If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEUSER" target="_top">force user</a> parameter is also set the group specified in 1840 1851 <em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> will override the primary group 1841 1852 set in <em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 1843 1854 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal">agroup</code> 1844 1855 </em></span> 1845 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308029"></a>1856 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541161"></a> 1846 1857 1847 1858 force printername (S) 1848 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308030"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later),1859 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541162"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later), 1849 1860 each printer in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> has two 1850 1861 associated names which can be used by the client. The first … … 1869 1880 folder.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force printername</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1870 1881 </em></span> 1871 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308103"></a>1882 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541246"></a> 1872 1883 1873 1884 force security mode (S) 1874 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308104"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1885 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541247"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1875 1886 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 1876 1887 the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. 1877 1888 </p><p> 1878 1889 This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this 1879 mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK" >security mask</a>, which works similar like this one but uses logical AND instead of OR.1890 mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK" target="_top">security mask</a>, which works similar like this one but uses logical AND instead of OR. 1880 1891 </p><p> 1881 1892 Essentially, one bits in this mask may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security on a file, … … 1892 1903 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 1893 1904 </em></span> 1894 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308187"></a>1905 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541339"></a> 1895 1906 1896 1907 force unknown acl user (S) 1897 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308188"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1908 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541340"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1898 1909 If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or 1899 1910 representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently … … 1909 1920 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force unknown acl user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1910 1921 </em></span> 1911 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308238"></a>1922 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541398"></a> 1912 1923 1913 1924 force user (S) 1914 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308239"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be1925 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541399"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be 1915 1926 assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. 1916 1927 This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully … … 1926 1937 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em> = <code class="literal">auser</code> 1927 1938 </em></span> 1928 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308303"></a>1939 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541470"></a> 1929 1940 1930 1941 fstype (S) 1931 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308304"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>1942 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541471"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1932 1943 This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share 1933 1944 is using that is reported by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> … … 1939 1950 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fstype</code></em> = <code class="literal">Samba</code> 1940 1951 </em></span> 1941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308376"></a>1952 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541545"></a> 1942 1953 1943 1954 get quota command (G) 1944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308377"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used1955 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541546"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used 1945 1956 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 1946 1957 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the … … 1955 1966 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>get quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/query_quota</code> 1956 1967 </em></span> 1957 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308538"></a>1968 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541720"></a> 1958 1969 1959 1970 getwd cache (G) 1960 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308539"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a1971 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541721"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a 1961 1972 caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() 1962 1973 calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially 1963 when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS" >wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>1964 </em></span> 1965 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308587"></a>1974 when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS" target="_top">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1975 </em></span> 1976 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541773"></a> 1966 1977 1967 1978 guest account (G) 1968 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308588"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access1969 to services which are specified as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" >guest ok</a> (see below). Whatever privileges this1979 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541774"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access 1980 to services which are specified as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> (see below). Whatever privileges this 1970 1981 user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. 1971 1982 This user must exist in the password file, but does not require … … 1984 1995 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest account</code></em> = <code class="literal">ftp</code> 1985 1996 </em></span> 1986 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308676"></a>1997 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541870"></a> 1987 1998 1988 1999 <a name="PUBLIC"></a>public 1989 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308678"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308703"></a>2000 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541871"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541897"></a> 1990 2001 1991 2002 guest ok (S) 1992 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308704"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2003 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541898"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 1993 2004 a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. 1994 Privileges will be those of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" >guest account</a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting1995 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RESTRICTANONYMOUS" >restrict anonymous = 2</a>1996 </p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security</a> for more information about this option.2005 Privileges will be those of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting 2006 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RESTRICTANONYMOUS" target="_top">restrict anonymous = 2</a> 2007 </p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a> for more information about this option. 1997 2008 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest ok</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1998 2009 </em></span> 1999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308772"></a>2010 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541972"></a> 2000 2011 2001 2012 <a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest 2002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308773"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id308798"></a>2013 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2541973"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2541999"></a> 2003 2014 2004 2015 guest only (S) 2005 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308799"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for2016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542000"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 2006 2017 a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. 2007 This parameter will have no effect if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" >guest ok</a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a> for more information about this option.2018 This parameter will have no effect if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok</a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security</a> for more information about this option. 2008 2019 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2009 2020 </em></span> 2010 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308857"></a>2021 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542069"></a> 2011 2022 2012 2023 hide dot files (S) 2013 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308858"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether2024 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542070"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether 2014 2025 files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide dot files</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2015 2026 </em></span> 2016 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308895"></a>2027 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542111"></a> 2017 2028 2018 2029 hide files (S) 2019 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308896"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not2030 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542112"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not 2020 2031 visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied 2021 2032 to any files or directories that match.</p><p>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', … … 2039 2050 # no file are hidden</code> 2040 2051 </em></span> 2041 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 308970"></a>2052 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542200"></a> 2042 2053 2043 2054 hide special files (S) 2044 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 308971"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2055 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542201"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2045 2056 This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and 2046 2057 fifo's in directory listings. 2047 2058 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide special files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2048 2059 </em></span> 2049 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309008"></a>2060 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542243"></a> 2050 2061 2051 2062 hide unreadable (S) 2052 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309009"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the2063 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542244"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the 2053 2064 existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unreadable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2054 2065 </em></span> 2055 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309046"></a>2066 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542285"></a> 2056 2067 2057 2068 hide unwriteable files (S) 2058 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309047"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2069 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542286"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2059 2070 This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. 2060 2071 Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. 2061 2072 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unwriteable files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2062 2073 </em></span> 2063 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309084"></a>2074 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542330"></a> 2064 2075 2065 2076 homedir map (G) 2066 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309085"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2067 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NISHOMEDIR" >nis homedir</a> is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em>2077 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542331"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2078 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NISHOMEDIR" target="_top">nis homedir</a> is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em> 2068 2079 then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted. 2069 2080 At present, only the Sun auto.home map format is understood. The form of the map is: … … 2079 2090 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>homedir map</code></em> = <code class="literal">amd.homedir</code> 2080 2091 </em></span> 2081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309178"></a>2092 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542442"></a> 2082 2093 2083 2094 host msdfs (G) 2084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309179"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2095 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542444"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2085 2096 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse 2086 2097 Dfs trees hosted on the server. 2087 2098 </p><p> 2088 See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" >msdfs root</a> share level parameter. For more information on2099 See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" target="_top">msdfs root</a> share level parameter. For more information on 2089 2100 setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to the MSFDS chapter in the book Samba3-HOWTO. 2090 2101 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>host msdfs</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2091 2102 </em></span> 2092 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309234"></a>2103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542507"></a> 2093 2104 2094 2105 hostname lookups (G) 2095 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309236"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)2106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542508"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) 2096 2107 hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place 2097 2108 where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking … … 2101 2112 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hostname lookups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2102 2113 </em></span> 2103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309305"></a>2114 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542580"></a> 2104 2115 2105 2116 <a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts 2106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309306"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309337"></a>2117 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542581"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542612"></a> 2107 2118 2108 2119 hosts allow (S) 2109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309338"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited2120 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542614"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS" target="_top">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited 2110 2121 set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section then it will 2111 2122 apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual … … 2117 2128 page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will 2118 2129 be given here also.</p><p>Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always 2119 be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTSDENY" >hosts deny</a> option.</p><p>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and2130 be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTSDENY" target="_top">hosts deny</a> option.</p><p>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and 2120 2131 by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The 2121 2132 <span class="emphasis"><em>EXCEPT</em></span> keyword can also be used to limit a … … 2127 2138 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2128 2139 </em></span> 2129 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309525"></a>2140 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542815"></a> 2130 2141 2131 2142 <a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts 2132 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309526"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id309556"></a>2143 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542816"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542846"></a> 2133 2144 2134 2145 hosts deny (S) 2135 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309557"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em>2146 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542847"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> 2136 2147 - hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to 2137 2148 services unless the specific services have their own lists to override … … 2140 2151 In the event that it is necessary to deny all by default, use the keyword 2141 2152 ALL (or the netmask <code class="literal">0.0.0.0/0</code>) and then explicitly specify 2142 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTSALLOW" >hosts allow = hosts allow</a> parameter those hosts2153 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTSALLOW" target="_top">hosts allow = hosts allow</a> parameter those hosts 2143 2154 that should be permitted access. 2144 2155 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal"> … … 2147 2158 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 2148 2159 </em></span> 2149 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309652"></a>2160 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2542948"></a> 2150 2161 2151 2162 idmap alloc backend (G) 2152 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309654"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2163 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2542949"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2153 2164 The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2154 2165 when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option is 2155 to be used in conjunction with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" >idmap domains</a>2166 to be used in conjunction with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" target="_top">idmap domains</a> 2156 2167 parameter and refers to the name of the idmap module which will provide 2157 2168 the id allocation functionality. Please refer to the man page … … 2159 2170 the allocation feature. The most common plugins are the tdb (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>) 2160 2171 and ldap (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_ldap.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ldap</span>(8)</span></a>) libraries. 2161 </p><p>Also refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCCONFIG" >idmap alloc config</a> option.2172 </p><p>Also refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCCONFIG" target="_top">idmap alloc config</a> option. 2162 2173 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap alloc backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2163 2174 </em></span> 2164 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309743"></a>2175 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543046"></a> 2165 2176 2166 2177 idmap alloc config (G) 2167 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309744"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2178 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543048"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2168 2179 The idmap alloc config prefix provides a means of managing settings 2169 for the backend defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND" >idmap alloc backend</a>2180 for the backend defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND" target="_top">idmap alloc backend</a> 2170 2181 parameter. Refer to the man page for each idmap plugin regarding 2171 2182 specific configuration details. 2172 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309783"></a>2183 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543091"></a> 2173 2184 2174 2185 idmap backend (G) 2175 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309784"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2186 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543092"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2176 2187 The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 2177 2188 varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. This 2178 2189 option is mutually exclusive with the newer and more flexible 2179 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" >idmap domains</a> parameter. The main difference2190 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" target="_top">idmap domains</a> parameter. The main difference 2180 2191 between the "idmap backend" and the "idmap domains" 2181 2192 is that the former only allows one backend for all domains while the … … 2186 2197 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 2187 2198 </em></span> 2188 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309873"></a>2199 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543186"></a> 2189 2200 2190 2201 idmap cache time (G) 2191 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309874"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2202 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543187"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2192 2203 idmap interface will cache positive SID/uid/gid query results. 2193 2204 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">900</code> 2194 2205 </em></span> 2195 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 309914"></a>2206 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543230"></a> 2196 2207 2197 2208 idmap config (G) 2198 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 309915"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2209 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543231"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2199 2210 The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each domain 2200 defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" >idmap domains</a> option using Samba's2211 defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" target="_top">idmap domains</a> option using Samba's 2201 2212 parametric option support. The idmap config prefix should be 2202 2213 followed by the name of the domain, a colon, and a setting specific to … … 2212 2223 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">readonly = [yes|no]</span></dt><dd><p> 2213 2224 Mark the domain as readonly which means that no attempts to 2214 allocate a uid or gid (by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND" >idmap alloc backend</a>) for any user or group in that domain2225 allocate a uid or gid (by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND" target="_top">idmap alloc backend</a>) for any user or group in that domain 2215 2226 will be attempted. 2216 2227 </p></dd></dl></div><p> … … 2229 2240 idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:default = yes 2230 2241 idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:range = 1000 - 9999 2231 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310035"></a>2242 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543367"></a> 2232 2243 2233 2244 idmap domains (G) 2234 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310036"></a><a name="IDMAPDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2245 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543368"></a><a name="IDMAPDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2235 2246 The idmap domains option defines a list of Windows domains which will each 2236 2247 have a separately configured backend for managing Winbind's SID/uid/gid 2237 tables. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the older <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" >idmap backend</a> option.2248 tables. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the older <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" target="_top">idmap backend</a> option. 2238 2249 </p><p> 2239 2250 Values consist of the short domain name for Winbind's primary or collection … … 2241 2252 domain backend for any domain not explicitly listed. 2242 2253 </p><p> 2243 Refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG" >idmap config</a> for details about2254 Refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG" target="_top">idmap config</a> for details about 2244 2255 managing the SID/uid/gid backend for each domain. 2245 2256 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">default AD CORP</code> 2246 2257 </em></span> 2247 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310113"></a>2258 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543452"></a> 2248 2259 2249 2260 <a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid 2250 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310114"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310145"></a>2261 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543453"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543484"></a> 2251 2262 2252 2263 idmap gid (G) 2253 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310146"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids2264 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543485"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids 2254 2265 that are allocated for the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group 2255 2266 SIDs. This range of group ids should have no 2256 2267 existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can 2257 occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" >idmap backend</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG">idmap config</a> options.2268 occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" target="_top">idmap backend</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" target="_top">idmap domains</a>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG" target="_top">idmap config</a> options. 2258 2269 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2259 2270 </em></span> 2260 2271 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2261 2272 </em></span> 2262 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310238"></a>2273 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543582"></a> 2263 2274 2264 2275 idmap negative cache time (G) 2265 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310239"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's2276 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543583"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2266 2277 idmap interface will cache negative SID/uid/gid query results. 2267 2278 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap negative cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 2268 2279 </em></span> 2269 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310280"></a>2280 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543626"></a> 2270 2281 2271 2282 <a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid 2272 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310281"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id310312"></a>2283 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543627"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543658"></a> 2273 2284 2274 2285 idmap uid (G) 2275 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310313"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2286 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543659"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2276 2287 The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are 2277 2288 allocated for use in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This 2278 2289 range of ids should have no existing local 2279 or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" >idmap backend</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG">idmap config</a> options.2290 or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" target="_top">idmap backend</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" target="_top">idmap domains</a>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG" target="_top">idmap config</a> options. 2280 2291 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2281 2292 </em></span> 2282 2293 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 2283 2294 </em></span> 2284 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310404"></a>2295 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543756"></a> 2285 2296 2286 2297 include (G) 2287 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310406"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2298 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543757"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2288 2299 This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed 2289 2300 in place. … … 2295 2306 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>include</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</code> 2296 2307 </em></span> 2297 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310482"></a>2308 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543835"></a> 2298 2309 2299 2310 inherit acls (S) 2300 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310483"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls2311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543836"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls 2301 2312 exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a 2302 2313 new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default … … 2306 2317 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2307 2318 </em></span> 2308 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310525"></a>2319 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543882"></a> 2309 2320 2310 2321 inherit owner (S) 2311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310526"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories2322 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543883"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories 2312 2323 is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user. 2313 2324 This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that … … 2318 2329 roaming profile directory are actually owner by the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit owner</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2319 2330 </em></span> 2320 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310573"></a>2331 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2543936"></a> 2321 2332 2322 2333 inherit permissions (S) 2323 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310574"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2324 The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" >create mask</a>,2325 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" >directory mask</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE">force create mode</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE">force directory mode</a> but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this.2334 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2543937"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2335 The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a>, 2336 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" target="_top">force create mode</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" target="_top">force directory mode</a> but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this. 2326 2337 </p><p>New directories inherit the mode of the parent directory, 2327 2338 including bits such as setgid.</p><p> 2328 2339 New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent directory. Their execute bits continue to be 2329 determined by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPARCHIVE" >map archive</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN">map hidden</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPSYSTEM">map system</a> as usual.2340 determined by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPARCHIVE" target="_top">map archive</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN" target="_top">map hidden</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPSYSTEM" target="_top">map system</a> as usual. 2330 2341 </p><p>Note that the setuid bit is <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> set via 2331 2342 inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).</p><p>This can be particularly useful on large systems with … … 2333 2344 share to be used flexibly by each user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2334 2345 </em></span> 2335 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310710"></a>2346 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544085"></a> 2336 2347 2337 2348 interfaces (G) 2338 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310711"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default2349 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544086"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default 2339 2350 network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name 2340 2351 registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query … … 2360 2371 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em> = <code class="literal">eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0</code> 2361 2372 </em></span> 2362 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310815"></a>2373 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544201"></a> 2363 2374 2364 2375 invalid users (S) 2365 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310816"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed2376 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544202"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed 2366 2377 to login to this service. This is really a <span class="emphasis"><em>paranoid</em></span> 2367 2378 check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach … … 2383 2394 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>invalid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">root fred admin @wheel</code> 2384 2395 </em></span> 2385 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310916"></a>2396 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544315"></a> 2386 2397 2387 2398 iprint server (G) 2388 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310917"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2389 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" >printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>.2399 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544316"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2400 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>. 2390 2401 </p><p> 2391 2402 If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS <code class="filename">client.conf</code>. This is … … 2395 2406 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>iprint server</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYCUPSSERVER</code> 2396 2407 </em></span> 2397 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 310998"></a>2408 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544401"></a> 2398 2409 2399 2410 keepalive (G) 2400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 310999"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents2411 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544402"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents 2401 2412 the number of seconds between <em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> 2402 2413 packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be 2403 2414 sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether 2404 2415 a client is still present and responding.</p><p>Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket 2405 has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it by default. (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SOCKETOPTIONS" >socket options</a>).2416 has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it by default. (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SOCKETOPTIONS" target="_top">socket options</a>). 2406 2417 Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code> 2407 2418 </em></span> 2408 2419 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 2409 2420 </em></span> 2410 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311080"></a>2421 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544489"></a> 2411 2422 2412 2423 kernel change notify (S) 2413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311081"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the2424 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544490"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the 2414 2425 kernel for change notifications in directories so that 2415 2426 SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes. … … 2418 2429 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2419 2430 </em></span> 2420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311125"></a>2431 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544539"></a> 2421 2432 2422 2433 kernel oplocks (G) 2423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311126"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a>2434 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544540"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 2424 2435 (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter 2425 2436 allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <em class="parameter"><code>oplocks … … 2431 2442 You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2432 2443 </em></span> 2433 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311208"></a>2444 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544627"></a> 2434 2445 2435 2446 lanman auth (G) 2436 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311209"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to2447 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544628"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 2437 2448 authenticate users or permit password changes 2438 2449 using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT … … 2451 2462 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2452 2463 </em></span> 2453 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311291"></a>2464 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544720"></a> 2454 2465 2455 2466 large readwrite (G) 2456 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311292"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not2467 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544721"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 2457 2468 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k 2458 2469 streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with … … 2463 2474 tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>large readwrite</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2464 2475 </em></span> 2465 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311346"></a>2476 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544783"></a> 2466 2477 2467 2478 ldap admin dn (G) 2468 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311347"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2469 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" >ldap admin dn</a> defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact2470 the ldap server when retreiving user account information. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" >ldap admin dn</a> is used2479 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544784"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2480 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact 2481 the ldap server when retreiving user account information. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> is used 2471 2482 in conjunction with the admin dn password stored in the <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb</code> 2472 2483 file. See the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> 2473 2484 man page for more information on how to accomplish this. 2474 2485 </p><p> 2475 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" >ldap admin dn</a> requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> is not appended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a>.2476 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311447"></a>2486 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a> requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> is not appended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a>. 2487 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544892"></a> 2477 2488 2478 2489 ldap delete dn (G) 2479 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311448"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete2490 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544894"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete 2480 2491 operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes 2481 2492 specific to Samba. 2482 2493 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap delete dn</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2483 2494 </em></span> 2484 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311489"></a>2495 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2544936"></a> 2485 2496 2486 2497 ldap group suffix (G) 2487 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311490"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is2498 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2544937"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is 2488 2499 used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory. 2489 If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" >ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the2490 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" >ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>2500 If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the 2501 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2491 2502 </em></span> 2492 2503 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Groups</code> 2493 2504 </em></span> 2494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311568"></a>2505 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545020"></a> 2495 2506 2496 2507 ldap idmap suffix (G) 2497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311569"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2508 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545021"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2498 2509 This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter 2499 is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" >ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix2500 string is pre-pended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" >ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.2510 is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix 2511 string is pre-pended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN. 2501 2512 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2502 2513 </em></span> 2503 2514 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Idmap</code> 2504 2515 </em></span> 2505 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311647"></a>2516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545102"></a> 2506 2517 2507 2518 ldap machine suffix (G) 2508 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311648"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545104"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2509 2520 It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree. If this parameter is unset, the value of 2510 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" >ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the2511 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" >ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.2521 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the 2522 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN. 2512 2523 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2513 2524 </em></span> 2514 2525 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Computers</code> 2515 2526 </em></span> 2516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311725"></a>2527 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545185"></a> 2517 2528 2518 2529 ldap passwd sync (G) 2519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311726"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2530 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545186"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2520 2531 This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT 2521 2532 and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password 2522 2533 change via SAMBA. 2523 2534 </p><p> 2524 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" >ldap passwd sync</a> can be set to one of three values:2535 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" target="_top">ldap passwd sync</a> can be set to one of three values: 2525 2536 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Yes</code></em> = Try 2526 2537 to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>No</code></em> = Update NT and … … 2528 2539 the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap passwd sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2529 2540 </em></span> 2530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311821"></a>2541 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545286"></a> 2531 2542 2532 2543 ldap replication sleep (G) 2533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311822"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2544 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545287"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2534 2545 When Samba is asked to write to a read-only LDAP replica, we are redirected to talk to the read-write master server. 2535 2546 This server then replicates our changes back to the 'local' server, however the replication might take some seconds, … … 2544 2555 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap replication sleep</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 2545 2556 </em></span> 2546 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311876"></a>2557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545349"></a> 2547 2558 2548 2559 ldapsam:editposix (G) 2549 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311877"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545350"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2550 2561 Editposix is an option that leverages ldapsam:trusted to make it simpler to manage a domain controller 2551 2562 eliminating the need to set up custom scripts to add and manage the posix users and groups. This option … … 2560 2571 the smb.conf ldap options must be properly configured. 2561 2572 2562 The typical ldap setup used with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED" >ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> option2563 is usually sufficient to use <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX" >ldapsam:editposix = yes</a> as well.2573 The typical ldap setup used with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED" target="_top">ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> option 2574 is usually sufficient to use <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX" target="_top">ldapsam:editposix = yes</a> as well. 2564 2575 </p><p> 2565 2576 An example configuration can be the following: … … 2626 2637 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:editposix</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2627 2638 </em></span> 2628 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 311981"></a>2639 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545476"></a> 2629 2640 2630 2641 ldapsam:trusted (G) 2631 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 311982"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2642 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545477"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2632 2643 By default, Samba as a Domain Controller with an LDAP backend needs to use the Unix-style NSS subsystem to 2633 2644 access user and group information. Due to the way Unix stores user information in /etc/passwd and /etc/group … … 2637 2648 are used to deal with user and group attributes lack such optimization. 2638 2649 </p><p> 2639 To make Samba scale well in large environments, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED" >ldapsam:trusted = yes</a>2650 To make Samba scale well in large environments, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED" target="_top">ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> 2640 2651 option assumes that the complete user and group database that is relevant to Samba is stored in LDAP with the 2641 2652 standard posixAccount/posixGroup attributes. It further assumes that the Samba auxiliary object classes are 2642 2653 stored together with the POSIX data in the same LDAP object. If these assumptions are met, 2643 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED" >ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> can be activated and Samba can bypass the2654 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED" target="_top">ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> can be activated and Samba can bypass the 2644 2655 NSS system to query user group memberships. Optimized LDAP queries can greatly speed up domain logon and 2645 2656 administration tasks. Depending on the size of the LDAP database a factor of 100 or more for common queries … … 2647 2658 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:trusted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2648 2659 </em></span> 2649 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312056"></a>2660 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545565"></a> 2650 2661 2651 2662 ldap ssl (G) 2652 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312057"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should2663 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545566"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 2653 2664 use SSL when connecting to the ldap server 2654 2665 This is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> related to 2655 Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the 2656 <code class="literal">--with-ssl</code> option to the <code class="filename">configure</code> 2657 script.</p><p>The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</a> can be set to one of three values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Off</code></em> = Never 2658 use SSL when querying the directory.</p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Start_tls</code></em> = Use 2659 the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation (RFC2830) for 2660 communicating with the directory server.</p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>On</code></em> = Use SSL 2661 on the ldaps port when contacting the <em class="parameter"><code>ldap server</code></em>. Only available when the 2662 backwards-compatiblity <code class="literal">--with-ldapsam</code> option is specified 2663 to configure. See <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND">passdb backend</a></p>. 2664 </li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl</code></em> = <code class="literal">start_tls</code> 2665 </em></span> 2666 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312188"></a> 2666 Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the 2667 <code class="literal">--with-ssl</code> option to the 2668 <code class="filename">configure</code> 2669 script.</p><p>LDAP connections should be secured where possible. This may be 2670 done setting either this parameter to 2671 <em class="parameter"><code>Start_tls</code></em> 2672 or by specifying <em class="parameter"><code>ldaps://</code></em> in 2673 the URL argument of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend</a>.</p><p>The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" target="_top">ldap ssl</a> can be set to one of 2674 two values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Off</code></em> = Never 2675 use SSL when querying the directory.</p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Start_tls</code></em> = Use 2676 the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation (RFC2830) for 2677 communicating with the directory server.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2678 </em></span> 2679 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545697"></a> 2667 2680 2668 2681 ldap suffix (G) 2669 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312190"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p>2670 The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" >ldap user suffix</a>,2671 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX" >ldap group suffix</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX">ldap machine suffix</a>, and the2672 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX" >ldap idmap suffix</a>. Each of these should be given only a DN relative to the2673 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" >ldap suffix</a>.2682 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545698"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p> 2683 The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a>, 2684 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap group suffix</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a>, and the 2685 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap idmap suffix</a>. Each of these should be given only a DN relative to the 2686 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a>. 2674 2687 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2675 2688 </em></span> 2676 2689 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">dc=samba,dc=org</code> 2677 2690 </em></span> 2678 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312305"></a>2691 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545819"></a> 2679 2692 2680 2693 ldap timeout (G) 2681 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312306"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2694 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545820"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2682 2695 When Samba connects to an ldap server that servermay be down or unreachable. To prevent Samba from hanging whilst 2683 2696 waiting for the connection this parameter specifies in seconds how long Samba should wait before failing the … … 2685 2698 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 2686 2699 </em></span> 2687 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312347"></a>2700 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545866"></a> 2688 2701 2689 2702 ldap user suffix (G) 2690 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312348"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2703 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545867"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2691 2704 This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. If this parameter is unset, 2692 the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" >ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix2693 string is pre-pended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" >ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.2705 the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix 2706 string is pre-pended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN. 2694 2707 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2695 2708 </em></span> 2696 2709 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=people</code> 2697 2710 </em></span> 2698 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312426"></a>2711 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2545947"></a> 2699 2712 2700 2713 level2 oplocks (S) 2701 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312427"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports2714 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2545948"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports 2702 2715 level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients 2703 2716 that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock … … 2713 2726 delete any read-ahead caches.</p><p>It is recommended that this parameter be turned on to 2714 2727 speed access to shared executables.</p><p>For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec.</p><p> 2715 Currently, if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERNELOPLOCKS" >kernel oplocks</a> are supported then2728 Currently, if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERNELOPLOCKS" target="_top">kernel oplocks</a> are supported then 2716 2729 level2 oplocks are not granted (even if this parameter is set to 2717 <code class="constant">yes</code>). Note also, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" >oplocks</a>2730 <code class="constant">yes</code>). Note also, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 2718 2731 parameter must be set to <code class="constant">yes</code> on this share in order for 2719 2732 this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>level2 oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2720 2733 </em></span> 2721 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312521"></a>2734 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546054"></a> 2722 2735 2723 2736 lm announce (G) 2724 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312522"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce2737 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546055"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce 2725 2738 broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see 2726 2739 the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three … … 2730 2743 broadcasts. If set to <code class="constant">yes</code> Samba will produce 2731 2744 Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter 2732 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMINTERVAL" >lm interval</a>. If set to <code class="constant">auto</code>2745 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMINTERVAL" target="_top">lm interval</a>. If set to <code class="constant">auto</code> 2733 2746 Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will 2734 2747 listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will 2735 2748 then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter 2736 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMINTERVAL" >lm interval</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>2749 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMINTERVAL" target="_top">lm interval</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 2737 2750 </em></span> 2738 2751 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2739 2752 </em></span> 2740 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312636"></a>2753 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546176"></a> 2741 2754 2742 2755 lm interval (G) 2743 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312638"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce2756 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546177"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce 2744 2757 broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the 2745 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE" >lm announce</a> parameter) then this2758 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE" target="_top">lm announce</a> parameter) then this 2746 2759 parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be 2747 2760 made. If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be 2748 made despite the setting of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE" >lm announce</a>2761 made despite the setting of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE" target="_top">lm announce</a> 2749 2762 parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 2750 2763 </em></span> 2751 2764 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 2752 2765 </em></span> 2753 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312717"></a>2766 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546261"></a> 2754 2767 2755 2768 load printers (G) 2756 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312718"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all2769 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546262"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all 2757 2770 printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. 2758 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERS" >printers</a> section for2771 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERS" target="_top">printers</a> section for 2759 2772 more details.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>load printers</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2760 2773 </em></span> 2761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312770"></a>2774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546317"></a> 2762 2775 2763 2776 local master (G) 2764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312772"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser2777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546318"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser 2765 2778 on a subnet. If set to <code class="constant">no</code> then <code class="literal"> 2766 2779 nmbd</code> will not attempt to become a local master browser … … 2772 2785 master browser.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>local master</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2773 2786 </em></span> 2774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312867"></a>2787 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546417"></a> 2775 2788 2776 2789 <a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir 2777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312868"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id312898"></a>2790 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546418"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546449"></a> 2778 2791 2779 2792 lock directory (G) 2780 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312899"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock2793 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546450"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock 2781 2794 files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the 2782 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXCONNECTIONS" >max connections</a> option.2795 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXCONNECTIONS" target="_top">max connections</a> option. 2783 2796 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code> 2784 2797 </em></span> 2785 2798 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks</code> 2786 2799 </em></span> 2787 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 312969"></a>2800 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546523"></a> 2788 2801 2789 2802 locking (S) 2790 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 312970"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be2803 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546524"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be 2791 2804 performed by the server in response to lock requests from the 2792 2805 client.</p><p>If <code class="literal">locking = no</code>, all lock and unlock … … 2798 2811 is not really recommended even in this case.</p><p>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a 2799 2812 specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. 2800 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 313038"></a>2813 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546598"></a> 2801 2814 2802 2815 lock spin count (G) 2803 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313039"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24.2816 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546599"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24. 2804 2817 The functionality it contolled is now controlled by the parameter 2805 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINTIME" >lock spin time</a>.2818 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINTIME" target="_top">lock spin time</a>. 2806 2819 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin count</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 2807 2820 </em></span> 2808 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 313091"></a>2821 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546654"></a> 2809 2822 2810 2823 lock spin time (G) 2811 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313092"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should2824 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546655"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should 2812 2825 keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can 2813 2826 be granted. This parameter has changed in default 2814 2827 value from Samba 3.0.23 from 10 to 200. The associated 2815 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINCOUNT" >lock spin count</a> parameter is2828 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINCOUNT" target="_top">lock spin count</a> parameter is 2816 2829 no longer used in Samba 3.0.24. You should not need 2817 2830 to change the value of this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin time</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code> 2818 2831 </em></span> 2819 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 313145"></a>2832 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546712"></a> 2820 2833 2821 2834 log file (G) 2822 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313146"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2835 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546713"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2823 2836 This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file). 2824 2837 </p><p> … … 2826 2839 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</code> 2827 2840 </em></span> 2828 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 313195"></a>2841 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546764"></a> 2829 2842 2830 2843 <a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel 2831 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313196"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id313226"></a>2844 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546766"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2546796"></a> 2832 2845 2833 2846 log level (G) 2834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313227"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2847 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2546797"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2835 2848 The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the 2836 2849 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. … … 2843 2856 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code> 2844 2857 </em></span> 2845 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 313455"></a>2858 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547030"></a> 2846 2859 2847 2860 logon drive (G) 2848 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313456"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2861 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547031"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2849 2862 This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be 2850 connected (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" >logon home</a>) and is only used by NT2863 connected (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a>) and is only used by NT 2851 2864 Workstations. 2852 2865 </p><p> … … 2856 2869 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon drive</code></em> = <code class="literal">h:</code> 2857 2870 </em></span> 2858 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 313527"></a>2871 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547104"></a> 2859 2872 2860 2873 logon home (G) 2861 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313528"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2874 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547105"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2862 2875 This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. 2863 2876 It allows you to do … … 2878 2891 <code class="literal">net use /home</code> but use the whole string when dealing with profiles. 2879 2892 </p><p> 2880 Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" >logon path</a> was returned rather than2893 Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" target="_top">logon path</a> was returned rather than 2881 2894 <em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em>. This broke <code class="literal">net use /home</code> 2882 2895 but allowed profiles outside the home directory. The current implementation is correct, and can be used for 2883 2896 profiles if you use the above trick. 2884 2897 </p><p> 2885 Disable this feature by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" >logon home = ""</a> - using the empty string.2898 Disable this feature by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home = ""</a> - using the empty string. 2886 2899 </p><p> 2887 2900 This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server. … … 2890 2903 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\remote_smb_server\%U</code> 2891 2904 </em></span> 2892 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 313680"></a>2905 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547269"></a> 2893 2906 2894 2907 logon path (G) 2895 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313681"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2908 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547270"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2896 2909 This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are 2897 2910 stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming 2898 2911 profiles. To find out how to handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the 2899 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" >logon home</a> parameter.2912 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a> parameter. 2900 2913 </p><p> 2901 2914 This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or … … 2926 2939 </p></div><p>Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a domain controller.</p><p> 2927 2940 Disable the use of roaming profiles by setting the value of this parameter to the empty string. For 2928 example, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" >logon path = ""</a>. Take note that even if the default setting2941 example, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" target="_top">logon path = ""</a>. Take note that even if the default setting 2929 2942 in the smb.conf file is the empty string, any value specified in the user account settings in the passdb 2930 2943 backend will over-ride the effect of setting this parameter to null. Disabling of all roaming profile use … … 2937 2950 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon path</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\%N\%U\profile</code> 2938 2951 </em></span> 2939 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 313826"></a>2952 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547437"></a> 2940 2953 2941 2954 logon script (G) 2942 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313827"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>2955 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547438"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2943 2956 This parameter specifies the batch file (<code class="filename">.bat</code>) or NT command file 2944 2957 (<code class="filename">.cmd</code>) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in. The file … … 2946 2959 </p><p> 2947 2960 The script must be a relative path to the <em class="parameter"><code>[netlogon]</code></em> service. If the [netlogon] 2948 service specifies a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path</a> of <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/netlogon</code>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT">logon script = STARTUP.BAT</a>, then the file that will be downloaded is:2961 service specifies a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> of <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/netlogon</code>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT" target="_top">logon script = STARTUP.BAT</a>, then the file that will be downloaded is: 2949 2962 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 2950 2963 /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT … … 2971 2984 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon script</code></em> = <code class="literal">scripts\%U.bat</code> 2972 2985 </em></span> 2973 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 313983"></a>2986 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547607"></a> 2974 2987 2975 2988 lppause command (S) 2976 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 313984"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be2989 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547608"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2977 2990 executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling 2978 2991 a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 2989 3002 in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 2990 3003 # Currently no default value is given to 2991 this string, unless the value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" >printing</a>3004 this string, unless the value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> 2992 3005 parameter is <code class="constant">SYSV</code>, in which case the default is : 2993 3006 <code class="literal">lp -i %p-%j -H hold</code> or if the value of the … … 2998 3011 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</code> 2999 3012 </em></span> 3000 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 314119"></a>3013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547755"></a> 3001 3014 3002 3015 lpq cache time (G) 3003 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 314120"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached3016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547756"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached 3004 3017 for to prevent the <code class="literal">lpq</code> command being called too 3005 3018 often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <code class="literal"> … … 3014 3027 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3015 3028 </em></span> 3016 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 314232"></a>3029 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2547874"></a> 3017 3030 3018 3031 lpq command (S) 3019 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 314233"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3032 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2547875"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3020 3033 executed on the server host in order to obtain <code class="literal">lpq 3021 3034 </code>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which … … 3039 3052 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpq -P%p</code> 3040 3053 </em></span> 3041 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 314348"></a>3054 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548000"></a> 3042 3055 3043 3056 lpresume command (S) 3044 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 314349"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3057 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548002"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3045 3058 executed on the server host in order to restart or continue 3046 3059 printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 3047 3060 a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See 3048 also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LPPAUSECOMMAND" >lppause command</a> parameter.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name3061 also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LPPAUSECOMMAND" target="_top">lppause command</a> parameter.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name 3049 3062 is put in its place. A <em class="parameter"><code>%j</code></em> is replaced with 3050 3063 the job number (an integer).</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path 3051 3064 in the <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> as the PATH may not 3052 be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" >printing</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given3065 be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given 3053 3066 to this string, unless the value of the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> 3054 3067 parameter is <code class="constant">SYSV</code>, in which case the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</code></p><p>or if the value of the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> parameter 3055 3068 is <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, then the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">qstat -s -j%j -r</code></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</code> 3056 3069 </em></span> 3057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 314491"></a>3070 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548154"></a> 3058 3071 3059 3072 lprm command (S) 3060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 314492"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be3073 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548155"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3061 3074 executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 3062 3075 a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name … … 3075 3088 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> = <code class="literal"> determined by printing parameter</code> 3076 3089 </em></span> 3077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 314572"></a>3090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548241"></a> 3078 3091 3079 3092 machine password timeout (G) 3080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 314573"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3081 If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security = domain</a> parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change3093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548242"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3094 If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = domain</a> parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change 3082 3095 the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb 3083 3096 </code>. This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds. The default is one … … 3085 3098 </p><p> 3086 3099 See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, 3087 and the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security = domain</a> parameter.3100 and the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = domain</a> parameter. 3088 3101 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>machine password timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800</code> 3089 3102 </em></span> 3090 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 314654"></a>3103 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548329"></a> 3091 3104 3092 3105 magic output (S) 3093 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 314656"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3106 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548330"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3094 3107 This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the 3095 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICSCRIPT" >magic script</a> parameter below).3108 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICSCRIPT" target="_top">magic script</a> parameter below). 3096 3109 </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>If two clients use the same <em class="parameter"><code>magic script 3097 3110 </code></em> in the same directory the output file content is undefined. … … 3100 3113 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic output</code></em> = <code class="literal">myfile.txt</code> 3101 3114 </em></span> 3102 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 314735"></a>3115 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548413"></a> 3103 3116 3104 3117 magic script (S) 3105 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 314736"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which,3118 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548414"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, 3106 3119 if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. 3107 3120 This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and … … 3109 3122 completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level 3110 3123 of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion.</p><p>If the script generates output, output will be sent to 3111 the file specified by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICOUTPUT" >magic output</a>3124 the file specified by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICOUTPUT" target="_top">magic output</a> 3112 3125 parameter (see above).</p><p>Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts 3113 3126 containing CR/LF instead of CR as … … 3119 3132 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic script</code></em> = <code class="literal">user.csh</code> 3120 3133 </em></span> 3121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 314833"></a>3134 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548518"></a> 3122 3135 3123 3136 mangled map (S) 3124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 314834"></a><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3137 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548519"></a><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3125 3138 This is for those who want to directly map UNIX file names which cannot be represented on 3126 3139 Windows/DOS. The mangling of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have … … 3133 3146 you would use: 3134 3147 </p><p> 3135 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MANGLEDMAP" >mangled map = (*.html *.htm)</a>.3148 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MANGLEDMAP" target="_top">mangled map = (*.html *.htm)</a>. 3136 3149 </p><p> 3137 3150 One very useful case is to remove the annoying <code class="filename">;1</code> off … … 3143 3156 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled map</code></em> = <code class="literal">(*;1 *;)</code> 3144 3157 </em></span> 3145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 314944"></a>3158 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548637"></a> 3146 3159 3147 3160 mangled names (S) 3148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 314946"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX3161 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548638"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX 3149 3162 should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, 3150 or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" >name mangling</a> for3163 or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a> for 3151 3164 details on how to control the mangling process.</p><p>If mangling is used then the mangling algorithm is as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters 3152 3165 before the rightmost dot of the filename are preserved, forced … … 3158 3171 only if it contains any upper case characters or is longer than three 3159 3172 characters.</p><p>Note that the character to use may be specified using 3160 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MANGLINGCHAR" >mangling char</a>3173 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MANGLINGCHAR" target="_top">mangling char</a> 3161 3174 option, if you don't like '~'.</p></li><li><p>Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be 3162 3175 presented as DOS hidden files. The mangled name will be created as … … 3171 3184 do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3172 3185 </em></span> 3173 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315066"></a>3186 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548774"></a> 3174 3187 3175 3188 mangle prefix (G) 3176 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315067"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix3189 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548775"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix 3177 3190 characters from the original name used when generating 3178 3191 the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker … … 3184 3197 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangle prefix</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 3185 3198 </em></span> 3186 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315129"></a>3199 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548841"></a> 3187 3200 3188 3201 mangling char (S) 3189 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315130"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as3190 the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" >name mangling</a>. The3202 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548842"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as 3203 the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING" target="_top">name mangling</a>. The 3191 3204 default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set 3192 3205 it to whatever you prefer. This is effective only when mangling method is hash.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">~</code> … … 3194 3207 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">^</code> 3195 3208 </em></span> 3196 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315203"></a>3209 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548918"></a> 3197 3210 3198 3211 mangling method (G) 3199 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315204"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating3212 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548919"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating 3200 3213 the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and 3201 3214 "hash2". "hash" is the algorithm that was used … … 3208 3221 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling method</code></em> = <code class="literal">hash</code> 3209 3222 </em></span> 3210 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315264"></a>3223 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2548986"></a> 3211 3224 3212 3225 map acl inherit (S) 3213 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315265"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected'3226 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2548987"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' 3214 3227 access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute 3215 3228 called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run … … 3219 3232 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map acl inherit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3220 3233 </em></span> 3221 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315317"></a>3234 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549049"></a> 3222 3235 3223 3236 map archive (S) 3224 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315318"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3237 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549050"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3225 3238 This controls whether the DOS archive attribute 3226 3239 should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit … … 3230 3243 be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc... 3231 3244 </p><p> 3232 Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" >create mask</a> parameter to be set such that owner3245 Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> parameter to be set such that owner 3233 3246 execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter 3234 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" >create mask</a> for details.3247 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> for details. 3235 3248 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map archive</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3236 3249 </em></span> 3237 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315386"></a>3250 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549125"></a> 3238 3251 3239 3252 map hidden (S) 3240 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315387"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3253 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549126"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3241 3254 This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit. 3242 3255 </p><p> 3243 Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" >create mask</a> to be set such that the world execute3244 bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" >create mask</a>3256 Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> to be set such that the world execute 3257 bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> 3245 3258 for details. 3246 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315440"></a>3259 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549182"></a> 3247 3260 3248 3261 map read only (S) 3249 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315441"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3262 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549183"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3250 3263 This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem. 3251 3264 </p><p> 3252 3265 This parameter can take three different values, which tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> how to display the read only attribute on files, where either 3253 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES" >store dos attributes</a> is set to <code class="constant">No</code>, or no extended attribute is3254 present. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES" >store dos attributes</a> is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> then this3266 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES" target="_top">store dos attributes</a> is set to <code class="constant">No</code>, or no extended attribute is 3267 present. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES" target="_top">store dos attributes</a> is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> then this 3255 3268 parameter is <span class="emphasis"><em>ignored</em></span>. This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21. 3256 3269 </p><p>The three settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> … … 3265 3278 </p></li><li><p> 3266 3279 <code class="constant">No</code> - The read only DOS attribute is unaffected by permissions, and can only be set by 3267 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES" >store dos attributes</a> method. This may be useful for exporting mounted CDs.3280 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES" target="_top">store dos attributes</a> method. This may be useful for exporting mounted CDs. 3268 3281 </p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3269 3282 </em></span> 3270 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315581"></a>3283 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549335"></a> 3271 3284 3272 3285 map system (S) 3273 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315582"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3286 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549336"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3274 3287 This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit. 3275 3288 </p><p> 3276 Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" >create mask</a> to be set such that the group3289 Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> to be set such that the group 3277 3290 execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 010). See the parameter 3278 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" >create mask</a> for details.3291 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> for details. 3279 3292 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map system</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3280 3293 </em></span> 3281 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315647"></a>3294 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549404"></a> 3282 3295 3283 3296 map to guest (G) 3284 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315648"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">SECURITY =3297 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549405"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">SECURITY = 3285 3298 security</a> modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em> 3286 3299 and <em class="parameter"><code>security = server</code></em> … … 3292 3305 logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username 3293 3306 does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and 3294 mapped into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" >guest account</a>.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">Bad Password</code> - Means user logins3307 mapped into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">Bad Password</code> - Means user logins 3295 3308 with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped 3296 into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" >guest account</a>. Note that3309 into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>. Note that 3297 3310 this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing 3298 3311 their password will be silently logged on as "guest" - and … … 3324 3337 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map to guest</code></em> = <code class="literal">Bad User</code> 3325 3338 </em></span> 3326 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315863"></a>3339 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549644"></a> 3327 3340 3328 3341 max connections (S) 3329 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315864"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.3342 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549645"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. 3330 3343 If <em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> is greater than 0 then connections 3331 3344 will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value 3332 3345 of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made.</p><p>Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files will be stored in 3333 the directory specified by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKDIRECTORY" >lock directory</a> option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>3346 the directory specified by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKDIRECTORY" target="_top">lock directory</a> option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3334 3347 </em></span> 3335 3348 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 3336 3349 </em></span> 3337 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 315944"></a>3350 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549730"></a> 3338 3351 3339 3352 max disk size (G) 3340 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 315945"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit3353 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549731"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit 3341 3354 on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 3342 3355 then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in … … 3352 3365 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max disk size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3353 3366 </em></span> 3354 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316029"></a>3367 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549822"></a> 3355 3368 3356 3369 max log size (G) 3357 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316030"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3370 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549823"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3358 3371 This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. 3359 3372 Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding … … 3364 3377 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max log size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3365 3378 </em></span> 3366 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316097"></a>3379 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549893"></a> 3367 3380 3368 3381 max mux (G) 3369 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316098"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of3382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549894"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of 3370 3383 outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client 3371 3384 it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max mux</code></em> = <code class="literal">50</code> 3372 3385 </em></span> 3373 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316139"></a>3386 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549936"></a> 3374 3387 3375 3388 max open files (G) 3376 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316140"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3389 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549937"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3377 3390 open files that one <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file 3378 3391 serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The … … 3382 3395 this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max open files</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000</code> 3383 3396 </em></span> 3384 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316194"></a>3397 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2549996"></a> 3385 3398 3386 3399 max print jobs (S) 3387 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316195"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of3400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2549997"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3388 3401 jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. 3389 3402 If this number is exceeded, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client. … … 3392 3405 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">5000</code> 3393 3406 </em></span> 3394 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316262"></a>3407 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550066"></a> 3395 3408 3396 3409 <a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol 3397 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316263"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id316293"></a>3410 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550068"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550099"></a> 3398 3411 3399 3412 max protocol (G) 3400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316294"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest3413 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550100"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest 3401 3414 protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">CORE</code>: Earliest version. No 3402 3415 concept of user names.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">COREPLUS</code>: Slight improvements on … … 3410 3423 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">LANMAN1</code> 3411 3424 </em></span> 3412 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316413"></a>3425 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550224"></a> 3413 3426 3414 3427 max reported print jobs (S) 3415 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316414"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3428 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550226"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3416 3429 This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for 3417 3430 Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess … … 3422 3435 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max reported print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3423 3436 </em></span> 3424 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316472"></a>3437 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550288"></a> 3425 3438 3426 3439 max smbd processes (G) 3427 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316473"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended3440 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550290"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended 3428 3441 as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient 3429 3442 resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating … … 3433 3446 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 3434 3447 </em></span> 3435 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316549"></a>3448 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550370"></a> 3436 3449 3437 3450 max stat cache size (G) 3438 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316550"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any3451 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550371"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any 3439 3452 <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used 3440 3453 to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents … … 3447 3460 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 3448 3461 </em></span> 3449 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316615"></a>3462 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550440"></a> 3450 3463 3451 3464 max ttl (G) 3452 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316616"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'3465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550441"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live' 3453 3466 of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is 3454 3467 requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should 3455 3468 never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">259200</code> 3456 3469 </em></span> 3457 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316671"></a>3470 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550499"></a> 3458 3471 3459 3472 max wins ttl (G) 3460 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316672"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server3461 (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" >wins support = yes</a>) what the maximum3473 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550500"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server 3474 (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the maximum 3462 3475 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> 3463 3476 will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this 3464 3477 parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">518400</code> 3465 3478 </em></span> 3466 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316739"></a>3479 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550570"></a> 3467 3480 3468 3481 max xmit (G) 3469 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316740"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size3482 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550571"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size 3470 3483 that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 16644, which 3471 3484 matches the behavior of Windows 2000. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. … … 3475 3488 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max xmit</code></em> = <code class="literal">8192</code> 3476 3489 </em></span> 3477 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316799"></a>3490 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550632"></a> 3478 3491 3479 3492 message command (G) 3480 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316800"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the3493 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550633"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the 3481 3494 server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would 3482 3495 deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is … … 3517 3530 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> = <code class="literal">csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &</code> 3518 3531 </em></span> 3519 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 316991"></a>3532 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550842"></a> 3520 3533 3521 3534 min print space (S) 3522 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 316992"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk3535 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550843"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk 3523 3536 space that must be available before a user will be able to spool 3524 3537 a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which … … 3527 3540 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min print space</code></em> = <code class="literal">2000</code> 3528 3541 </em></span> 3529 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317051"></a>3542 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2550905"></a> 3530 3543 3531 3544 min protocol (G) 3532 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317052"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the3545 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2550906"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the 3533 3546 lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer 3534 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXPROTOCOL" >max protocol</a>3547 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXPROTOCOL" target="_top">max protocol</a> 3535 3548 parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description 3536 3549 of each. You may also wish to refer to the C source code in 3537 3550 <code class="filename">source/smbd/negprot.c</code> for a listing of known protocol 3538 3551 dialects supported by clients.</p><p>If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should 3539 also refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LANMANAUTH" >lanman auth</a> parameter. Otherwise, you should never need3552 also refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LANMANAUTH" target="_top">lanman auth</a> parameter. Otherwise, you should never need 3540 3553 to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">CORE</code> 3541 3554 </em></span> 3542 3555 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">NT1</code> 3543 3556 </em></span> 3544 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317143"></a>3557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551003"></a> 3545 3558 3546 3559 min wins ttl (G) 3547 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317144"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>3548 when acting as a WINS server (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" >wins support = yes</a>) what the minimum 'time to live'3560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551004"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> 3561 when acting as a WINS server (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top">wins support = yes</a>) what the minimum 'time to live' 3549 3562 of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will grant will be (in 3550 3563 seconds). You should never need to change this parameter. The default 3551 3564 is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">21600</code> 3552 3565 </em></span> 3553 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317209"></a>3566 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551073"></a> 3554 3567 3555 3568 msdfs proxy (S) 3556 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317210"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a3569 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551074"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a 3557 3570 stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by 3558 3571 the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to 3559 3572 this share, they are redirected to the proxied share using 3560 3573 the SMB-Dfs protocol.</p><p>Only Dfs roots can act as proxy shares. Take a look at the 3561 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" >msdfs root</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS">host msdfs</a>3574 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" target="_top">msdfs root</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS" target="_top">host msdfs</a> 3562 3575 options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\otherserver\someshare</code> 3563 3576 </em></span> 3564 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317282"></a>3577 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551151"></a> 3565 3578 3566 3579 msdfs root (S) 3567 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317283"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the3580 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551152"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the 3568 3581 share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the 3569 3582 distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. … … 3573 3586 Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs root</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3574 3587 </em></span> 3575 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317335"></a>3588 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551206"></a> 3576 3589 3577 3590 name cache timeout (G) 3578 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317336"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before3591 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551207"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before 3579 3592 entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If 3580 3593 the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. … … 3583 3596 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name cache timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3584 3597 </em></span> 3585 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317393"></a>3598 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551267"></a> 3586 3599 3587 3600 name resolve order (G) 3588 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317394"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba3601 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551268"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba 3589 3602 suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order 3590 3603 to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to … … 3604 3617 _ldap._tcp.domain. 3605 3618 </p></li><li><p><code class="constant">wins</code> : Query a name with 3606 the IP address listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSERVER" >WINSSERVER</a> parameter. If no WINS server has3619 the IP address listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSERVER" target="_top">WINSSERVER</a> parameter. If no WINS server has 3607 3620 been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">bcast</code> : Do a broadcast on 3608 each of the known local interfaces listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" >interfaces</a>3621 each of the known local interfaces listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top">interfaces</a> 3609 3622 parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution 3610 3623 methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally … … 3617 3630 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts bcast host</code> 3618 3631 </em></span> 3619 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317574"></a>3632 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551469"></a> 3620 3633 3621 3634 netbios aliases (G) 3622 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317575"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will3635 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551470"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will 3623 3636 advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine 3624 3637 to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server … … 3630 3643 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios aliases</code></em> = <code class="literal">TEST TEST1 TEST2</code> 3631 3644 </em></span> 3632 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317635"></a>3645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551536"></a> 3633 3646 3634 3647 netbios name (G) 3635 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317636"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551537"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3636 3649 This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component 3637 3650 of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of … … 3646 3659 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios name</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYNAME</code> 3647 3660 </em></span> 3648 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317712"></a>3661 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551617"></a> 3649 3662 3650 3663 netbios scope (G) 3651 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317713"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will3664 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551618"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will 3652 3665 operate under. This should not be set unless every machine 3653 3666 on your LAN also sets this value.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios scope</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3654 3667 </em></span> 3655 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317753"></a>3668 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551659"></a> 3656 3669 3657 3670 nis homedir (G) 3658 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317754"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For3671 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551660"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For 3659 3672 UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory 3660 3673 will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote … … 3670 3683 server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it 3671 3684 will consult the NIS map specified in 3672 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOMEDIRMAP" >homedir map</a> and return the server3685 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOMEDIRMAP" target="_top">homedir map</a> and return the server 3673 3686 listed there.</p><p>Note that for this option to work there must be a working 3674 3687 NIS system and the Samba server with this option must also 3675 3688 be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nis homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3676 3689 </em></span> 3677 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317824"></a>3690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551739"></a> 3678 3691 3679 3692 nt acl support (S) 3680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317825"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map3693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551740"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map 3681 3694 UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. The UNIX 3682 3695 permissions considered are the the traditional UNIX owner and … … 3685 3698 releases prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt acl support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3686 3699 </em></span> 3687 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317875"></a>3700 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551794"></a> 3688 3701 3689 3702 ntlm auth (G) 3690 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317876"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to3703 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551795"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 3691 3704 authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response. 3692 3705 If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response … … 3696 3709 special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ntlm auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3697 3710 </em></span> 3698 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317935"></a>3711 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551858"></a> 3699 3712 3700 3713 nt pipe support (G) 3701 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317936"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether3714 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551859"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 3702 3715 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT 3703 3716 clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <code class="constant">IPC$</code> … … 3705 3718 alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt pipe support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3706 3719 </em></span> 3707 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 317989"></a>3720 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551914"></a> 3708 3721 3709 3722 nt status support (G) 3710 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 317990"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status3723 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551915"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status 3711 3724 support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. 3712 3725 If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> then Samba offers … … 3714 3727 reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt status support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3715 3728 </em></span> 3716 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318046"></a>3729 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2551976"></a> 3717 3730 3718 3731 null passwords (G) 3719 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318048"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>3720 </em></span> 3721 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318098"></a>3732 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2551977"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3733 </em></span> 3734 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552029"></a> 3722 3735 3723 3736 obey pam restrictions (G) 3724 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318099"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support3737 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552030"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support 3725 3738 (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba 3726 3739 should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The 3727 3740 default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only 3728 3741 and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba 3729 always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" >encrypt passwords = yes</a>. The reason3742 always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords = yes</a>. The reason 3730 3743 is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response 3731 3744 authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption. 3732 3745 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>obey pam restrictions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3733 3746 </em></span> 3734 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318154"></a>3747 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552094"></a> 3735 3748 3736 3749 only user (S) 3737 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318155"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether3750 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552095"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether 3738 3751 connections with usernames not in the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> 3739 3752 list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a … … 3741 3754 this parameter will force the server to only use the login 3742 3755 names from the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> list and is only really 3743 useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security = share</a> level security.</p><p>Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce3756 useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = share</a> level security.</p><p>Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce 3744 3757 usernames from the service name. This can be annoying for 3745 3758 the [homes] section. To get around this you could use <code class="literal">user = … … 3748 3761 name of the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>only user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3749 3762 </em></span> 3750 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318237"></a>3763 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552183"></a> 3751 3764 3752 3765 open files database hash size (G) 3753 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318238"></a><a name="OPENFILESDATABASEHASHSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter was added in Samba 3.0.23. This is an internal tuning parameter that sets3766 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552184"></a><a name="OPENFILESDATABASEHASHSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter was added in Samba 3.0.23. This is an internal tuning parameter that sets 3754 3767 the hash size of the tdb used for the open file databases. The presence of this parameter 3755 3768 allows tuning of the system for very large (thousands of concurrent users) Samba setups. … … 3759 3772 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>open files database hash size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1338457</code> 3760 3773 </em></span> 3761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318299"></a>3774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552249"></a> 3762 3775 3763 3776 oplock break wait time (G) 3764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318300"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552250"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3765 3778 This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too 3766 3779 quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can … … 3771 3784 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock break wait time</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3772 3785 </em></span> 3773 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318348"></a>3786 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552304"></a> 3774 3787 3775 3788 oplock contention limit (S) 3776 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318349"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3789 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552305"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3777 3790 This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the 3778 3791 granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file. … … 3786 3799 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock contention limit</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 3787 3800 </em></span> 3788 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318426"></a>3801 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552386"></a> 3789 3802 3790 3803 oplocks (S) 3791 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318427"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3804 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552387"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3792 3805 This boolean option tells <code class="literal">smbd</code> whether to 3793 3806 issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this … … 3801 3814 </p><p> 3802 3815 Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a share. See 3803 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOOPLOCKFILES" >veto oplock files</a> parameter. On some systems3816 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOOPLOCKFILES" target="_top">veto oplock files</a> parameter. On some systems 3804 3817 oplocks are recognized by the underlying operating system. This 3805 3818 allows data synchronization between all access to oplocked files, 3806 3819 whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the 3807 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERNELOPLOCKS" >kernel oplocks</a> parameter for details.3820 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERNELOPLOCKS" target="_top">kernel oplocks</a> parameter for details. 3808 3821 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3809 3822 </em></span> 3810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318516"></a>3823 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552493"></a> 3811 3824 3812 3825 os2 driver map (G) 3813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318517"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute3826 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552494"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute 3814 3827 path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver 3815 3828 names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</p><p><nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name></p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 … … 3821 3834 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os2 driver map</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3822 3835 </em></span> 3823 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318576"></a>3836 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552560"></a> 3824 3837 3825 3838 os level (G) 3826 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318578"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3839 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552561"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3827 3840 This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this 3828 parameter determines whether <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" >workgroup</a> in the local broadcast area.3841 parameter determines whether <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> in the local broadcast area. 3829 3842 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> 3830 3843 Note:</em></span> By default, Samba will win a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating … … 3840 3853 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">65</code> 3841 3854 </em></span> 3842 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318668"></a>3855 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552659"></a> 3843 3856 3844 3857 pam password change (G) 3845 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318669"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,3858 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552660"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, 3846 3859 this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control 3847 3860 flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password 3848 3861 changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in 3849 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" >passwd program</a>.3862 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" target="_top">passwd program</a>. 3850 3863 It should be possible to enable this without changing your 3851 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDCHAT" >passwd chat</a> parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>3852 </em></span> 3853 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318735"></a>3864 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDCHAT" target="_top">passwd chat</a> parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3865 </em></span> 3866 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552732"></a> 3854 3867 3855 3868 panic action (G) 3856 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318736"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a3869 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552733"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a 3857 3870 system command to be called when either <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to 3858 3871 draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred. … … 3861 3874 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal">"/bin/sleep 90000"</code> 3862 3875 </em></span> 3863 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318809"></a>3876 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552808"></a> 3864 3877 3865 3878 paranoid server security (G) 3866 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318810"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest3879 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552809"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest 3867 3880 users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not 3868 3881 use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain … … 3872 3885 bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>paranoid server security</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3873 3886 </em></span> 3874 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318856"></a>3887 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2552859"></a> 3875 3888 3876 3889 passdb backend (G) 3877 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318857"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend3890 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2552860"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend 3878 3891 will be used for storing user and possibly group information. This allows 3879 3892 you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' … … 3884 3897 </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">tdbsam</code> - The TDB based password storage 3885 3898 backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb 3886 in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRIVATEDIR" >private dir</a> directory.</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ldapsam</code> - The LDAP based passdb3899 in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRIVATEDIR" target="_top">private dir</a> directory.</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ldapsam</code> - The LDAP based passdb 3887 3900 backend. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to 3888 3901 <code class="literal">ldap://localhost</code>)</p><p>LDAP connections should be secured where possible. This may be done using either 3889 Start-TLS (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" >ldap ssl</a>) or by3902 Start-TLS (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" target="_top">ldap ssl</a>) or by 3890 3903 specifying <em class="parameter"><code>ldaps://</code></em> in 3891 3904 the URL argument. </p><p>Multiple servers may also be specified in double-quotes. … … 3908 3921 </pre><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> 3909 3922 </em></span> 3910 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 318998"></a>3923 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553016"></a> 3911 3924 3912 3925 passdb expand explicit (G) 3913 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 318999"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>3926 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553017"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3914 3927 This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We 3915 3928 used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable … … 3917 3930 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb expand explicit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3918 3931 </em></span> 3919 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 319041"></a>3932 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553064"></a> 3920 3933 3921 3934 passwd chat debug (G) 3922 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 319042"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script3935 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553065"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script 3923 3936 parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the 3924 3937 strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed 3925 3938 in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log with a 3926 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL" >debug level</a>3939 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL" target="_top">debug level</a> 3927 3940 of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords 3928 3941 to be seen in the <code class="literal">smbd</code> log. It is available to help … … 3930 3943 when calling the <em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> and should 3931 3944 be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the 3932 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" >pam password change</a>3945 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" target="_top">pam password change</a> 3933 3946 parameter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3934 3947 </em></span> 3935 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 319137"></a>3948 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553167"></a> 3936 3949 3937 3950 passwd chat timeout (G) 3938 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 319138"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial3951 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553168"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial 3939 3952 answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received 3940 3953 the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it 3941 3954 two seconds.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 3942 3955 </em></span> 3943 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 319179"></a>3956 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553211"></a> 3944 3957 3945 3958 passwd chat (G) 3946 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 319180"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>3959 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553212"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> 3947 3960 conversation that takes places between <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing 3948 3961 program to change the user's password. The string describes a 3949 3962 sequence of response-receive pairs that <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> uses to determine what to send to the 3950 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" >passwd program</a> and what to expect back. If the expected output is not3963 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" target="_top">passwd program</a> and what to expect back. If the expected output is not 3951 3964 received then the password is not changed.</p><p>This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending 3952 3965 on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS 3953 etc).</p><p>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" >unix password sync</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. This sequence is3966 etc).</p><p>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" target="_top">unix password sync</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. This sequence is 3954 3967 then called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> when the SMB password in the 3955 3968 smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password 3956 3969 cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password without 3957 3970 knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of 3958 NIS/YP, this means that the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" >passwd program</a> must3971 NIS/YP, this means that the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" target="_top">passwd program</a> must 3959 3972 be executed on the NIS master. 3960 3973 </p><p>The string can contain the macro <em class="parameter"><code>%n</code></em> which is substituted 3961 3974 for the new password. The old passsword (<em class="parameter"><code>%o</code></em>) is only available when 3962 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" >encrypt passwords</a> has been disabled.3975 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords</a> has been disabled. 3963 3976 The chat sequence can also contain the standard macros 3964 3977 \n, \r, \t and \s to give line-feed, carriage-return, tab … … 3968 3981 string.</p><p>If the send string in any part of the chat sequence is a full 3969 3982 stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly, if the 3970 expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</p><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" >pam password change</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the3983 expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</p><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" target="_top">pam password change</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the 3971 3984 chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular 3972 3985 output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions. … … 3975 3988 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code> 3976 3989 </em></span> 3977 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 319362"></a>3990 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553417"></a> 3978 3991 3979 3992 passwd program (G) 3980 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 319364"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set3993 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553418"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set 3981 3994 UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> 3982 3995 will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for … … 3999 4012 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> = <code class="literal">/bin/passwd %u</code> 4000 4013 </em></span> 4001 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 319489"></a>4014 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553553"></a> 4002 4015 4003 4016 password level (G) 4004 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 319490"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty4017 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553554"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty 4005 4018 with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for 4006 4019 Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper … … 4020 4033 made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case.</p><p>This parameter is used only when using plain-text passwords. It is 4021 4034 not at all used when encrypted passwords as in use (that is the default 4022 since samba-3.0.0). Use this only when <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" >encrypt passwords = No</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>4035 since samba-3.0.0). Use this only when <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords = No</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4023 4036 </em></span> 4024 4037 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 4025 4038 </em></span> 4026 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 319610"></a>4039 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553690"></a> 4027 4040 4028 4041 password server (G) 4029 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 319611"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server4042 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553691"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server 4030 4043 or Active Directory domain controller with this option, 4031 4044 and using <code class="literal">security = [ads|domain|server]</code> … … 4039 4052 have no effect on password servers for Windows NT 4.0 domains or netbios 4040 4053 connections.</p><p>If parameter is a name, it is looked up using the 4041 parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" >name resolve order</a> and so may resolved4054 parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" target="_top">name resolve order</a> and so may resolved 4042 4055 by any method and order described in that parameter.</p><p>The password server must be a machine capable of using 4043 4056 the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in … … 4087 4100 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 *</code> 4088 4101 </em></span> 4089 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 319876"></a>4102 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2553988"></a> 4090 4103 4091 4104 <a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory 4092 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 319877"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id319907"></a>4105 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2553989"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554019"></a> 4093 4106 4094 4107 path (S) 4095 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 319908"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which4108 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554020"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which 4096 4109 the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of 4097 4110 printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to … … 4105 4118 will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are 4106 4119 connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting 4107 up pseudo home directories for users.</p><p>Note that this path will be based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ROOTDIR" >root dir</a>4120 up pseudo home directories for users.</p><p>Note that this path will be based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ROOTDIR" target="_top">root dir</a> 4108 4121 if one was specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4109 4122 </em></span> 4110 4123 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/fred</code> 4111 4124 </em></span> 4112 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320003"></a>4125 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554123"></a> 4113 4126 4114 4127 pid directory (G) 4115 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320004"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4128 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554124"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4116 4129 This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. 4117 4130 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code> … … 4119 4132 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">pid directory = /var/run/</code> 4120 4133 </em></span> 4121 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320061"></a>4134 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554184"></a> 4122 4135 4123 4136 posix locking (S) 4124 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320062"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4137 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554185"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4125 4138 The <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4126 4139 daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is … … 4130 4143 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>posix locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4131 4144 </em></span> 4132 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320113"></a>4145 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554245"></a> 4133 4146 4134 4147 postexec (S) 4135 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320114"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run4148 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554246"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run 4136 4149 whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual 4137 4150 substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some … … 4141 4154 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4142 4155 </em></span> 4143 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320182"></a>4156 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554318"></a> 4144 4157 4145 4158 preexec close (S) 4146 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320183"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4147 This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXEC" >preexec</a>4159 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554319"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4160 This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXEC" target="_top">preexec</a> 4148 4161 should close the service being connected to. 4149 4162 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4150 4163 </em></span> 4151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320234"></a>4164 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554373"></a> 4152 4165 4153 4166 <a name="EXEC"></a>exec 4154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320235"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320265"></a>4167 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554374"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554404"></a> 4155 4168 4156 4169 preexec (S) 4157 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320266"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever4170 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554406"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever 4158 4171 the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome 4159 4172 message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here … … 4162 4175 /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' & </code> 4163 4176 </p><p>Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)</p><p> 4164 See also <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXECCLOSE" >preexec close</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#POSTEXEC">postexec</a>.4177 See also <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXECCLOSE" target="_top">preexec close</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#POSTEXEC" target="_top">postexec</a>. 4165 4178 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4166 4179 </em></span> 4167 4180 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 4168 4181 </em></span> 4169 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320366"></a>4182 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554513"></a> 4170 4183 4171 4184 <a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master 4172 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320367"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320397"></a>4185 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554514"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554546"></a> 4173 4186 4174 4187 preferred master (G) 4175 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320398"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4188 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554547"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4176 4189 This boolean parameter controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. 4177 4190 </p><p> 4178 4191 If this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, on startup, <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will force 4179 4192 an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election. It is recommended that this 4180 parameter is used in conjunction with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" >domain master = yes</a>, so that4193 parameter is used in conjunction with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master = yes</a>, so that 4181 4194 <code class="literal">nmbd</code> can guarantee becoming a domain master. 4182 4195 </p><p> … … 4187 4200 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preferred master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 4188 4201 </em></span> 4189 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320484"></a>4202 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554639"></a> 4190 4203 4191 4204 preload modules (G) 4192 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320485"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should4205 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554640"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should 4193 4206 be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves 4194 4207 the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 4196 4209 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code> 4197 4210 </em></span> 4198 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320541"></a>4211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554700"></a> 4199 4212 4200 4213 <a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services 4201 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320542"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320573"></a>4214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554701"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554732"></a> 4202 4215 4203 4216 preload (G) 4204 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320574"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be4217 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554734"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be 4205 4218 automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful 4206 4219 for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be 4207 4220 visible.</p><p> 4208 4221 Note that if you just want all printers in your 4209 printcap file loaded then the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOADPRINTERS" >load printers</a>4222 printcap file loaded then the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOADPRINTERS" target="_top">load printers</a> 4210 4223 option is easier. 4211 4224 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 4213 4226 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred lp colorlp</code> 4214 4227 </em></span> 4215 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320647"></a>4228 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554810"></a> 4216 4229 4217 4230 preserve case (S) 4218 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320648"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4231 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554812"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4219 4232 This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if 4220 they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" >default case</a>.4233 they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. 4221 4234 </p><p> 4222 4235 See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for a fuller discussion. 4223 4236 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4224 4237 </em></span> 4225 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320710"></a>4238 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554877"></a> 4226 4239 4227 4240 <a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok 4228 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320711"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320741"></a>4241 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554878"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554908"></a> 4229 4242 4230 4243 printable (S) 4231 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320742"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then4244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554909"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then 4232 4245 clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory 4233 4246 specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing 4234 4247 to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling 4235 of print data. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" >read only</a> parameter controls only non-printing access to4248 of print data. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> parameter controls only non-printing access to 4236 4249 the resource.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4237 4250 </em></span> 4238 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320801"></a>4251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2554971"></a> 4239 4252 4240 4253 printcap cache time (G) 4241 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320802"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing4254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2554972"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing 4242 4255 subsystem is again asked for the known printers. If the value 4243 4256 is greater than 60 the initial waiting time is set to 60 seconds … … 4249 4262 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 4250 4263 </em></span> 4251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 320865"></a>4264 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555040"></a> 4252 4265 4253 4266 <a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap 4254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320866"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id320897"></a>4267 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555041"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555073"></a> 4255 4268 4256 4269 printcap name (G) 4257 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 320898"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4270 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555074"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4258 4271 This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually 4259 4272 <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this. 4260 4273 </p><p> 4261 4274 To use the CUPS printing interface set <code class="literal">printcap name = cups </code>. This should 4262 be supplemented by an addtional setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" >printing = cups</a> in the [global]4275 be supplemented by an addtional setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing = cups</a> in the [global] 4263 4276 section. <code class="literal">printcap name = cups</code> will use the "dummy" printcap 4264 4277 created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS configuration file. … … 4290 4303 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap name</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/myprintcap</code> 4291 4304 </em></span> 4292 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321069"></a>4305 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555257"></a> 4293 4306 4294 4307 print command (S) 4295 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321070"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to4308 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555258"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to 4296 4309 a service, this command will be used via a <code class="literal">system()</code> 4297 4310 call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will … … 4316 4329 be created but not processed and (most importantly) not removed.</p><p>Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the 4317 4330 <code class="constant">nobody</code> account. If this happens then create 4318 an alternative guest account that can print and set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" >guest account</a>4331 an alternative guest account that can print and set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a> 4319 4332 in the [global] section.</p><p>You can form quite complex print commands by realizing 4320 4333 that they are just passed to a shell. For example the following … … 4323 4336 /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s</code></p><p>You may have to vary this command considerably depending 4324 4337 on how you normally print files on your system. The default for 4325 the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" >printing</a>4338 the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING" target="_top">printing</a> 4326 4339 parameter.</p><p>Default: For <code class="literal">printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG 4327 4340 or PLP :</code></p><p><code class="literal">print command = lpr -r -P%p %s</code></p><p>For <code class="literal">printing = SYSV or HPUX :</code></p><p><code class="literal">print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s</code></p><p>For <code class="literal">printing = SOFTQ :</code></p><p><code class="literal">print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s</code></p><p>For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against 4328 libcups, then <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTCAP" >printcap = cups</a>4341 libcups, then <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTCAP" target="_top">printcap = cups</a> 4329 4342 uses the CUPS API to 4330 4343 submit jobs, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V … … 4335 4348 set print command will be ignored.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</code> 4336 4349 </em></span> 4337 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321311"></a>4350 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555527"></a> 4338 4351 4339 4352 printer admin (S) 4340 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321312"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4353 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555528"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4341 4354 This lists users who can do anything to printers 4342 4355 via the remote administration interfaces offered … … 4354 4367 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer admin</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, @staff</code> 4355 4368 </em></span> 4356 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321375"></a>4369 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555596"></a> 4357 4370 4358 4371 <a name="PRINTER"></a>printer 4359 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321376"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id321406"></a>4372 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555597"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555628"></a> 4360 4373 4361 4374 printer name (S) 4362 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321407"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4375 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555629"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4363 4376 This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service 4364 4377 will be sent. … … 4367 4380 does not have its own printer name specified. 4368 4381 </p><p> 4369 The default value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERNAME" >printer name</a> may be <code class="literal">lp</code> on many4382 The default value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERNAME" target="_top">printer name</a> may be <code class="literal">lp</code> on many 4370 4383 systems. 4371 4384 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">none</code> … … 4373 4386 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">laserwriter</code> 4374 4387 </em></span> 4375 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321489"></a>4388 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555716"></a> 4376 4389 4377 4390 printing (S) 4378 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321490"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is4391 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555717"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is 4379 4392 interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for 4380 4393 the <em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lppause command </code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em>, and <em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> if specified in the … … 4390 4403 the value for the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> option since it will 4391 4404 reset the printing commands to default values.</p><p>See also the discussion in the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section"> 4392 [printers]</a> section.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321618"></a>4405 [printers]</a> section.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555851"></a> 4393 4406 4394 4407 printjob username (S) 4395 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321619"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be4408 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555852"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be 4396 4409 passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent, 4397 4410 but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%U</code> … … 4399 4412 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%D\%U</code> 4400 4413 </em></span> 4401 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321676"></a>4414 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555913"></a> 4402 4415 4403 4416 private dir (G) 4404 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321678"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory4417 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555914"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory 4405 4418 smbd will use for storing such files as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> 4406 4419 and <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. 4407 4420 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>private dir</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private</code> 4408 4421 </em></span> 4409 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321730"></a>4422 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2555967"></a> 4410 4423 4411 4424 profile acls (S) 4412 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321731"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4425 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2555968"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4413 4426 This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been 4414 4427 having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or … … 4438 4451 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>profile acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4439 4452 </em></span> 4440 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321793"></a>4453 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556047"></a> 4441 4454 4442 4455 queuepause command (S) 4443 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321794"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4456 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556048"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4444 4457 executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 4445 4458 a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, … … 4452 4465 server.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queuepause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">disable %p</code> 4453 4466 </em></span> 4454 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321863"></a>4467 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556124"></a> 4455 4468 4456 4469 queueresume command (S) 4457 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321864"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be4470 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556125"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4458 4471 executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It 4459 4472 is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the 4460 previous parameter (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" >queuepause command</a>).</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes4473 previous parameter (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" target="_top">queuepause command</a>).</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 4461 4474 a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue, 4462 4475 such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer.</p><p>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, … … 4470 4483 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queueresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">enable %p</code> 4471 4484 </em></span> 4472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 321956"></a>4485 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556227"></a> 4473 4486 4474 4487 read bmpx (G) 4475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 321957"></a><a name="READBMPX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether4488 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556228"></a><a name="READBMPX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 4476 4489 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will support the "Read 4477 4490 Block Multiplex" SMB. This is now rarely used and defaults to … … 4479 4492 parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read bmpx</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4480 4493 </em></span> 4481 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322008"></a>4494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556282"></a> 4482 4495 4483 4496 read list (S) 4484 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322010"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556283"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4485 4498 This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list 4486 then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" >read only</a> option is set4487 to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INVALIDUSERS" >invalid users</a>4499 then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> option is set 4500 to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INVALIDUSERS" target="_top">invalid users</a> 4488 4501 parameter. 4489 </p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security = share</a> in4502 </p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = share</a> in 4490 4503 Samba 3.0. This is by design.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4491 4504 </em></span> 4492 4505 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal">mary, @students</code> 4493 4506 </em></span> 4494 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322102"></a>4507 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556381"></a> 4495 4508 4496 4509 read only (S) 4497 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322104"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users4510 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556382"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE" target="_top">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users 4498 4511 of a service may not create or modify files in the service's 4499 4512 directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<code class="literal">printable = yes</code>) … … 4501 4514 (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4502 4515 </em></span> 4503 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322175"></a>4516 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556458"></a> 4504 4517 4505 4518 read raw (G) 4506 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322176"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server4519 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556459"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 4507 4520 will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data 4508 4521 to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in … … 4513 4526 tool and left severely alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4514 4527 </em></span> 4515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322230"></a>4528 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556518"></a> 4516 4529 4517 4530 realm (G) 4518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322231"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is4531 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556519"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is 4519 4532 used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <code class="literal">domain</code>. It 4520 4533 is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. … … 4523 4536 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>realm</code></em> = <code class="literal">mysambabox.mycompany.com</code> 4524 4537 </em></span> 4525 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322294"></a>4538 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556583"></a> 4526 4539 4527 4540 remote announce (G) 4528 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322295"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4541 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556584"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4529 4542 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>to periodically announce itself 4530 4543 to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. … … 4540 4553 the above line would cause <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to announce itself 4541 4554 to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names. If you leave out the 4542 workgroup name then the one given in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" >workgroup</a> parameter4555 workgroup name then the one given in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> parameter 4543 4556 is used instead. 4544 4557 </p><p> … … 4550 4563 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote announce</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4551 4564 </em></span> 4552 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322389"></a>4565 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556688"></a> 4553 4566 4554 4567 remote browse sync (G) 4555 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322390"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4568 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556689"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4556 4569 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request 4557 4570 synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba … … 4580 4593 is in fact the browse master on its segment. 4581 4594 </p><p> 4582 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#REMOTEBROWSESYNC" >remote browse sync</a> may be used on networks4595 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#REMOTEBROWSESYNC" target="_top">remote browse sync</a> may be used on networks 4583 4596 where there is no WINS server, and may be used on disjoint networks where 4584 4597 each network has its own WINS server. 4585 4598 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote browse sync</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4586 4599 </em></span> 4587 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322489"></a>4600 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556800"></a> 4588 4601 4589 4602 rename user script (G) 4590 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322490"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4603 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556802"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4591 4604 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below. 4592 4605 </p><p> … … 4606 4619 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>rename user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4607 4620 </em></span> 4608 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322568"></a>4621 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556891"></a> 4609 4622 4610 4623 reset on zero vc (G) 4611 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322569"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4624 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556892"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4612 4625 This boolean option controls whether an incoming session setup 4613 4626 should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches … … 4628 4641 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>reset on zero vc</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4629 4642 </em></span> 4630 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322614"></a>4643 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2556944"></a> 4631 4644 4632 4645 restrict anonymous (G) 4633 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322615"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and4646 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2556945"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and 4634 4647 group list information is returned for an anonymous connection. 4635 4648 and mirrors the effects of the … … 4651 4664 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 4652 4665 The security advantage of using restrict anonymous = 2 is removed 4653 by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" >guest ok = yes</a> on any share.4666 by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top">guest ok = yes</a> on any share. 4654 4667 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>restrict anonymous</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4655 4668 </em></span> 4656 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322688"></a>4669 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557028"></a> 4657 4670 4658 4671 <a name="ROOT"></a>root 4659 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322689"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322720"></a>4672 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557029"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557061"></a> 4660 4673 4661 4674 <a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir 4662 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322721"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id322751"></a>4675 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557062"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557092"></a> 4663 4676 4664 4677 root directory (G) 4665 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322752"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e.4678 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557093"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e. 4666 4679 Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is 4667 4680 not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the … … 4670 4683 parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names 4671 4684 to access other directories (depending on the setting of the 4672 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS" >wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter).4685 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS" target="_top">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter). 4673 4686 </p><p>Adding a <em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> entry other 4674 4687 than "/" adds an extra level of security, but at a price. It … … 4686 4699 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/homes/smb</code> 4687 4700 </em></span> 4688 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322864"></a>4701 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557216"></a> 4689 4702 4690 4703 root postexec (S) 4691 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322865"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4704 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557217"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4692 4705 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> 4693 4706 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 4695 4708 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4696 4709 </em></span> 4697 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322910"></a>4710 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557265"></a> 4698 4711 4699 4712 root preexec close (S) 4700 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322912"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close4713 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557266"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close 4701 4714 </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4702 4715 </em></span> 4703 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 322958"></a>4716 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557313"></a> 4704 4717 4705 4718 root preexec (S) 4706 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 322959"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4719 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557314"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4707 4720 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> 4708 4721 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 4710 4723 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4711 4724 </em></span> 4712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 323004"></a>4725 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557362"></a> 4713 4726 4714 4727 security mask (S) 4715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 323005"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4728 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557363"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4716 4729 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the 4717 4730 UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. 4718 4731 </p><p> 4719 4732 This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the incoming permission bits, thus resetting 4720 any bits not in this mask. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" >force security mode</a>, which works in a manner similar to this one but uses a logical OR instead of an AND.4733 any bits not in this mask. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" target="_top">force security mode</a>, which works in a manner similar to this one but uses a logical OR instead of an AND. 4721 4734 </p><p> 4722 4735 Essentially, all bits set to zero in this mask will result in setting to zero the corresponding bits on the … … 4732 4745 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code> 4733 4746 </em></span> 4734 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 323100"></a>4747 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2557468"></a> 4735 4748 4736 4749 security (G) 4737 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 323101"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to4750 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2557469"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to 4738 4751 Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <code class="filename"> 4739 4752 smb.conf</code> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to … … 4759 4772 is commonly used for a shared printer server. It is more difficult 4760 4773 to setup guest shares with <code class="literal">security = user</code>, see 4761 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" >map to guest</a>parameter for details.</p><p>It is possible to use <code class="literal">smbd</code> in a <span class="emphasis"><em>4774 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" target="_top">map to guest</a>parameter for details.</p><p>It is possible to use <code class="literal">smbd</code> in a <span class="emphasis"><em> 4762 4775 hybrid mode</em></span> where it is offers both user and share 4763 level security under different <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSALIASES" >NetBIOS aliases</a>. </p><p>The different settings will now be explained.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SHARE</em></span></p><p>When clients connect to a share level security server they4776 level security under different <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSALIASES" target="_top">NetBIOS aliases</a>. </p><p>The different settings will now be explained.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SHARE</em></span></p><p>When clients connect to a share level security server they 4764 4777 need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before 4765 4778 attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients … … 4774 4787 techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf 4775 4788 of the client.</p><p>A list of possible UNIX usernames to match with the given 4776 client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY" >guest only</a> parameter is set, then all the other4777 stages are missed and only the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" >guest account</a> username is checked.4789 client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY" target="_top">guest only</a> parameter is set, then all the other 4790 stages are missed and only the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a> username is checked. 4778 4791 </p></li><li><p>Is a username is sent with the share connection 4779 request, then this username (after mapping - see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" >username map</a>),4792 request, then this username (after mapping - see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" target="_top">username map</a>), 4780 4793 is added as a potential username. 4781 4794 </p></li><li><p>If the client did a previous <span class="emphasis"><em>logon … … 4786 4799 </p></li><li><p>The NetBIOS name of the client is added to 4787 4800 the list as a potential username. 4788 </p></li><li><p>Any users on the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER" >user</a> list are added as potential usernames.4801 </p></li><li><p>Any users on the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER" target="_top">user</a> list are added as potential usernames. 4789 4802 </p></li></ul></div><p>If the <em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> parameter is 4790 4803 not set, then this list is then tried with the supplied password. … … 4798 4811 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSUSER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = USER</em></span></p><p>This is the default security setting in Samba 3.0. 4799 4812 With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a 4800 valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" >username map</a>4801 parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" >encrypted passwords</a> parameter) can also4802 be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER" >user</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY">guest only</a> if set are then applied and4813 valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" target="_top">username map</a> 4814 parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypted passwords</a> parameter) can also 4815 be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER" target="_top">user</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY" target="_top">guest only</a> if set are then applied and 4803 4816 may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after 4804 4817 the user has been successfully authenticated.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that the name of the resource being … … 4806 4819 the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why 4807 4820 guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing 4808 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" >guest account</a>.4809 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" >map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = DOMAIN</em></span></p><p>This mode will only work correctly if <a class="citerefentry" href="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a> has been used to add this4810 machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" >encrypted passwords</a>4821 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>. 4822 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" target="_top">map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = DOMAIN</em></span></p><p>This mode will only work correctly if <a class="citerefentry" href="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a> has been used to add this 4823 machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypted passwords</a> 4811 4824 parameter to be set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. In this 4812 4825 mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing … … 4822 4835 the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why 4823 4836 guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing 4824 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" >guest account</a>.4825 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" >map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">4826 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" >password server</a> parameter and4827 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" >encrypted passwords</a> parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SERVER</em></span></p><p>4837 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>. 4838 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" target="_top">map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"> 4839 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top">password server</a> parameter and 4840 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypted passwords</a> parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SERVER</em></span></p><p> 4828 4841 In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to another SMB server, such as an 4829 4842 NT box. If this fails it will revert to <code class="literal">security = user</code>. It expects the 4830 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" >encrypted passwords</a> parameter to be set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, unless the remote4843 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypted passwords</a> parameter to be set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, unless the remote 4831 4844 server does not support them. However note that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot 4832 4845 revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> file to check users against. See the chapter about the User Database in … … 4848 4861 the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why 4849 4862 guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing 4850 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" >guest account</a>.4851 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" >map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">4852 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" >password server</a> parameter and the4853 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" >encrypted passwords</a> parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSADS"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = ADS</em></span></p><p>In this mode, Samba will act as a domain member in an ADS realm. To operate4863 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT" target="_top">guest account</a>. 4864 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" target="_top">map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"> 4865 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top">password server</a> parameter and the 4866 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypted passwords</a> parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSADS"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = ADS</em></span></p><p>In this mode, Samba will act as a domain member in an ADS realm. To operate 4854 4867 in this mode, the machine running Samba will need to have Kerberos installed 4855 4868 and configured and Samba will need to be joined to the ADS realm using the … … 4859 4872 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security</code></em> = <code class="literal">DOMAIN</code> 4860 4873 </em></span> 4861 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 323887"></a>4874 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558347"></a> 4862 4875 4863 4876 server schannel (G) 4864 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 323888"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4877 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558348"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4865 4878 This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 4866 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" >server schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = yes</a> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel.4879 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL" target="_top">server schannel = yes</a> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel. 4867 4880 This is only the case for Windows NT4 before SP4. 4868 4881 </p><p> … … 4873 4886 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4874 4887 </em></span> 4875 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 323995"></a>4888 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558463"></a> 4876 4889 4877 4890 server signing (G) 4878 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 323996"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires4891 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558464"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires 4879 4892 the client it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values 4880 4893 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> … … 4884 4897 to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 4885 4898 </em></span> 4886 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324052"></a>4899 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558524"></a> 4887 4900 4888 4901 server string (G) 4889 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324053"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print4902 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558525"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print 4890 4903 manager and next to the IPC connection in <code class="literal">net view</code>. It 4891 4904 can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next … … 4896 4909 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server string</code></em> = <code class="literal">University of GNUs Samba Server</code> 4897 4910 </em></span> 4898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324140"></a>4911 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558615"></a> 4899 4912 4900 4913 set directory (S) 4901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324141"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4914 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558616"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4902 4915 If <code class="literal">set directory = no</code>, then users of the 4903 4916 service may not use the setdir command to change directory. … … 4908 4921 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4909 4922 </em></span> 4910 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324197"></a>4923 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558675"></a> 4911 4924 4912 4925 set primary group script (G) 4913 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324198"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a4926 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558676"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a 4914 4927 primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script 4915 4928 sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an … … 4923 4936 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set primary group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</code> 4924 4937 </em></span> 4925 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324275"></a>4938 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558757"></a> 4926 4939 4927 4940 set quota command (G) 4928 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324276"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used4941 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558758"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used 4929 4942 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 4930 4943 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument <code class="literal">--with-sys-quotas</code> or … … 4936 4949 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/set_quota</code> 4937 4950 </em></span> 4938 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324428"></a>4951 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2558921"></a> 4939 4952 4940 4953 share modes (S) 4941 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324429"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of4954 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2558922"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of 4942 4955 the <em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> during a file open. These 4943 4956 modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access … … 4952 4965 off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4953 4966 </em></span> 4954 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324516"></a>4967 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559014"></a> 4955 4968 4956 4969 short preserve case (S) 4957 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324517"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>4970 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559015"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4958 4971 This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of 4959 suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" >default case</a>.4960 This option can be use with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRESERVECASE" >preserve case = yes</a> to permit long filenames4972 suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE" target="_top">default case</a>. 4973 This option can be use with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRESERVECASE" target="_top">preserve case = yes</a> to permit long filenames 4961 4974 to retain their case, while short names are lowered. 4962 4975 </p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4963 4976 </em></span> 4964 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324590"></a>4977 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559094"></a> 4965 4978 4966 4979 show add printer wizard (G) 4967 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324591"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support4980 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559095"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support 4968 4981 for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will 4969 4982 appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will … … 4983 4996 administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>show add printer wizard</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4984 4997 </em></span> 4985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324663"></a>4998 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559177"></a> 4986 4999 4987 5000 shutdown script (G) 4988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324664"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by5001 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559178"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by 4989 5002 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should 4990 5003 start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, … … 5011 5024 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</code> 5012 5025 </em></span> 5013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324808"></a>5026 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559330"></a> 5014 5027 5015 5028 smb passwd file (G) 5016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324810"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By5029 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559331"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By 5017 5030 default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p> 5018 5031 An example of use is: … … 5022 5035 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb passwd file</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</code> 5023 5036 </em></span> 5024 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324860"></a>5037 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559385"></a> 5025 5038 5026 5039 smb ports (G) 5027 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324861"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code>5028 </em></span> 5029 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324901"></a>5040 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559386"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code> 5041 </em></span> 5042 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559426"></a> 5030 5043 5031 5044 socket address (G) 5032 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id324902"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what 5033 address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to 5034 support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each 5035 with a different configuration.</p><p>By default Samba will accept connections on any 5045 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559427"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what 5046 address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to 5047 support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each 5048 with a different configuration.</p><p>Setting this option should never be necessary on usual Samba 5049 servers running only one nmbd.</p><p>By default Samba will accept connections on any 5036 5050 address.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket address</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5037 5051 </em></span> 5038 5052 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket address</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.168.2.20</code> 5039 5053 </em></span> 5040 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 324963"></a>5054 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559497"></a> 5041 5055 5042 5056 socket options (G) 5043 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 324964"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options5057 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559498"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options 5044 5058 to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer 5045 5059 of the operating systems which allow the connection to be … … 5069 5083 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> = <code class="literal">IPTOS_LOWDELAY</code> 5070 5084 </em></span> 5071 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325156"></a>5085 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559707"></a> 5072 5086 5073 5087 stat cache (G) 5074 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325157"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to5088 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559708"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to 5075 5089 speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need 5076 5090 to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5077 5091 </em></span> 5078 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325205"></a>5092 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559758"></a> 5079 5093 5080 5094 store dos attributes (S) 5081 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325206"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5095 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559759"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5082 5096 If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or 5083 5097 READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such 5084 as occurs with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN" >map hidden</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPREADONLY">map readonly</a>). When set, DOS5098 as occurs with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN" target="_top">map hidden</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPREADONLY" target="_top">map readonly</a>). When set, DOS 5085 5099 attributes will be stored onto an extended attribute in the UNIX filesystem, associated with the file or 5086 directory. For no other mapping to occur as a fall-back, the parameters <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN" >map hidden</a>,5087 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPSYSTEM" >map system</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPARCHIVE">map archive</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPREADONLY">map readonly</a> must be set to off. This parameter writes the DOS attributes as a string into the extended5100 directory. For no other mapping to occur as a fall-back, the parameters <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN" target="_top">map hidden</a>, 5101 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPSYSTEM" target="_top">map system</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPARCHIVE" target="_top">map archive</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPREADONLY" target="_top">map readonly</a> must be set to off. This parameter writes the DOS attributes as a string into the extended 5088 5102 attribute named "user.DOSATTRIB". This extended attribute is explicitly hidden from smbd clients requesting an 5089 5103 EA list. On Linux the filesystem must have been mounted with the mount option user_xattr in order for … … 5091 5105 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>store dos attributes</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5092 5106 </em></span> 5093 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325316"></a>5107 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559880"></a> 5094 5108 5095 5109 strict allocate (S) 5096 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325317"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of5110 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559881"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 5097 5111 disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> 5098 5112 the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real … … 5106 5120 of users.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict allocate</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5107 5121 </em></span> 5108 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325379"></a>5122 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2559950"></a> 5109 5123 5110 5124 strict locking (S) 5111 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325380"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5125 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2559951"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5112 5126 This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, 5113 5127 the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on … … 5125 5139 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">Auto</code> 5126 5140 </em></span> 5127 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325451"></a>5141 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560029"></a> 5128 5142 5129 5143 strict sync (S) 5130 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325452"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer5144 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560030"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer 5131 5145 shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing 5132 5146 a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be … … 5142 5156 reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5143 5157 </em></span> 5144 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325509"></a>5158 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560094"></a> 5145 5159 5146 5160 svcctl list (G) 5147 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325510"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd5161 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560095"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd 5148 5162 will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32 5149 5163 ServiceControl API. This allows Windows administrators to … … 5158 5172 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>svcctl list</code></em> = <code class="literal">cups postfix portmap httpd</code> 5159 5173 </em></span> 5160 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325590"></a>5174 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560179"></a> 5161 5175 5162 5176 sync always (S) 5163 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325591"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls5177 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560180"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls 5164 5178 whether writes will always be written to stable storage before 5165 5179 the write call returns. If this is <code class="constant">no</code> then the server will be … … 5172 5186 any affect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>sync always</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5173 5187 </em></span> 5174 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325657"></a>5188 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560251"></a> 5175 5189 5176 5190 syslog only (G) 5177 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325658"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5191 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560252"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5178 5192 If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system 5179 5193 syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some … … 5181 5195 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5182 5196 </em></span> 5183 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325702"></a>5197 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560298"></a> 5184 5198 5185 5199 syslog (G) 5186 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325703"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560299"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5187 5201 This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. 5188 5202 Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog <code class="constant">LOG_ERR</code>, debug level one maps onto … … 5195 5209 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 5196 5210 </em></span> 5197 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325768"></a>5211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560369"></a> 5198 5212 5199 5213 template homedir (G) 5200 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325769"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560370"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5201 5215 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5202 5216 parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the … … 5206 5220 is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/%D/%U</code> 5207 5221 </em></span> 5208 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325831"></a>5222 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560434"></a> 5209 5223 5210 5224 template shell (G) 5211 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325832"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT5225 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560436"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5212 5226 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5213 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325868"></a>5227 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560474"></a> 5214 5228 5215 5229 time offset (G) 5216 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325869"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add5230 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560475"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add 5217 5231 to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if 5218 5232 you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight … … 5221 5235 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time offset</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 5222 5236 </em></span> 5223 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325926"></a>5237 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560534"></a> 5224 5238 5225 5239 time server (G) 5226 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325927"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows5240 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560535"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows 5227 5241 clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time server</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5228 5242 </em></span> 5229 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 325976"></a>5243 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560584"></a> 5230 5244 5231 5245 unix charset (G) 5232 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 325977"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine5246 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560585"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine 5233 5247 Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to 5234 5248 convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. … … 5239 5253 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">ASCII</code> 5240 5254 </em></span> 5241 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326039"></a>5255 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560650"></a> 5242 5256 5243 5257 unix extensions (G) 5244 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326040"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5258 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560651"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5245 5259 implments the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. 5246 5260 These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients … … 5249 5263 no current use to Windows clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix extensions</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5250 5264 </em></span> 5251 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326082"></a>5265 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560703"></a> 5252 5266 5253 5267 unix password sync (G) 5254 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326084"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba5268 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560704"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5255 5269 attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password 5256 5270 when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. … … 5261 5275 access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix password sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5262 5276 </em></span> 5263 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326140"></a>5277 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560764"></a> 5264 5278 5265 5279 update encrypted (G) 5266 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326141"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5280 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560765"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5267 5281 This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) 5268 5282 password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to … … 5274 5288 in the smbpasswd file this parameter should be set to <code class="constant">no</code>. 5275 5289 </p><p> 5276 In order for this parameter to be operative the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" >encrypt passwords</a> parameter must5277 be set to <code class="constant">no</code>. The default value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" >encrypt passwords = Yes</a>. Note: This must be set to <code class="constant">no</code> for this <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UPDATEENCRYPTED">update encrypted</a> to work.5290 In order for this parameter to be operative the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords</a> parameter must 5291 be set to <code class="constant">no</code>. The default value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords = Yes</a>. Note: This must be set to <code class="constant">no</code> for this <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UPDATEENCRYPTED" target="_top">update encrypted</a> to work. 5278 5292 </p><p> 5279 5293 Note that even when this parameter is set a user authenticating to <code class="literal">smbd</code> … … 5282 5296 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>update encrypted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5283 5297 </em></span> 5284 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326244"></a>5298 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560883"></a> 5285 5299 5286 5300 use client driver (S) 5287 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326246"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/20005301 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560884"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 5288 5302 clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When 5289 5303 serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing … … 5310 5324 server.</em></span></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use client driver</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5311 5325 </em></span> 5312 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326317"></a>5326 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2560964"></a> 5313 5327 5314 5328 use kerberos keytab (G) 5315 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326318"></a><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5329 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2560965"></a><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5316 5330 Specifies whether Samba should attempt to maintain service principals in the systems 5317 5331 keytab file for <code class="constant">host/FQDN</code> and <code class="constant">cifs/FQDN</code>. … … 5325 5339 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use kerberos keytab</code></em> = <code class="literal">False</code> 5326 5340 </em></span> 5327 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326382"></a>5341 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561032"></a> 5328 5342 5329 5343 use mmap (G) 5330 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326383"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can5344 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561033"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can 5331 5345 depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent 5332 5346 mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a … … 5337 5351 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use mmap</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5338 5352 </em></span> 5339 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326430"></a>5353 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561084"></a> 5340 5354 5341 5355 username level (G) 5342 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326431"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at5356 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561085"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at 5343 5357 the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase 5344 5358 username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the … … 5355 5369 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 5356 5370 </em></span> 5357 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326503"></a>5371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561166"></a> 5358 5372 5359 5373 username map script (G) 5360 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326504"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the5361 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" >username map</a> parameter. This parameter5374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561167"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the 5375 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP" target="_top">username map</a> parameter. This parameter 5362 5376 specifies and external program or script that must accept a single 5363 5377 command line option (the username transmitted in the authentication … … 5369 5383 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code> 5370 5384 </em></span> 5371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326574"></a>5385 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561243"></a> 5372 5386 5373 5387 username map (G) 5374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326575"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5388 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561244"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5375 5389 This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. 5376 5390 This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows … … 5428 5442 <code class="constant">fred</code> is remapped to <code class="constant">mary</code> then you will actually be connecting to 5429 5443 \\server\mary and will need to supply a password suitable for <code class="constant">mary</code> not 5430 <code class="constant">fred</code>. The only exception to this is the username passed to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" >password server</a> (if you have one). The password server will receive whatever username the client5444 <code class="constant">fred</code>. The only exception to this is the username passed to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top">password server</a> (if you have one). The password server will receive whatever username the client 5431 5445 supplies without modification. 5432 5446 </p><p> … … 5456 5470 # no username map</code> 5457 5471 </em></span> 5458 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 326817"></a>5472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561523"></a> 5459 5473 5460 5474 <a name="USER"></a>user 5461 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326818"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326848"></a>5475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561524"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561555"></a> 5462 5476 5463 5477 <a name="USERS"></a>users 5464 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326849"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326879"></a>5478 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561556"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561586"></a> 5465 5479 5466 5480 username (S) 5467 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 326880"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited5481 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561587"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited 5468 5482 list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against 5469 5483 each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> line is needed only when … … 5484 5498 telnet session. The daemon runs as the user that they log in as, 5485 5499 so they cannot do anything that user cannot do.</p><p>To restrict a service to a particular set of users you 5486 can use the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VALIDUSERS" >valid users</a> parameter.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name5500 can use the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VALIDUSERS" target="_top">valid users</a> parameter.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name 5487 5501 will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba 5488 5502 is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in … … 5503 5517 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup</code> 5504 5518 </em></span> 5505 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327025"></a>5519 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561757"></a> 5506 5520 5507 5521 usershare allow guests (G) 5508 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327026"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed5522 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561758"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed 5509 5523 to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent 5510 5524 of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting … … 5513 5527 is set to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare allow guests</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5514 5528 </em></span> 5515 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327074"></a>5529 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561809"></a> 5516 5530 5517 5531 usershare max shares (G) 5518 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327076"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares5532 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561810"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares 5519 5533 that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the 5520 5534 usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored. 5521 5535 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare max shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5522 5536 </em></span> 5523 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327116"></a>5537 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561854"></a> 5524 5538 5525 5539 usershare owner only (G) 5526 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327117"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by5540 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561856"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by 5527 5541 a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the 5528 5542 user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then … … 5534 5548 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare owner only</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 5535 5549 </em></span> 5536 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327161"></a>5550 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561904"></a> 5537 5551 5538 5552 usershare path (G) 5539 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327162"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the5553 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561905"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the 5540 5554 filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files. 5541 5555 This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for … … 5558 5572 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare path</code></em> = <code class="literal">NULL</code> 5559 5573 </em></span> 5560 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327224"></a>5574 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2561975"></a> 5561 5575 5562 5576 usershare prefix allow list (G) 5563 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327226"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames5577 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2561976"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 5564 5578 the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 5565 5579 If the pathname exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this … … 5576 5590 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix allow list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home /data /space</code> 5577 5591 </em></span> 5578 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327292"></a>5592 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562048"></a> 5579 5593 5580 5594 usershare prefix deny list (G) 5581 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327293"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames5595 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562049"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 5582 5596 the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 5583 5597 If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this … … 5595 5609 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix deny list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc /dev /private</code> 5596 5610 </em></span> 5597 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327359"></a>5611 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562122"></a> 5598 5612 5599 5613 usershare template share (G) 5600 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327360"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters5614 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562123"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters 5601 5615 such as path, guest ok etc. This parameter allows usershares to 5602 5616 "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share" … … 5613 5627 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare template share</code></em> = <code class="literal">template_share</code> 5614 5628 </em></span> 5615 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327425"></a>5629 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562195"></a> 5616 5630 5617 5631 use sendfile (S) 5618 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327426"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code>5632 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562196"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code> 5619 5633 system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls 5620 5634 (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that … … 5625 5639 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use sendfile</code></em> = <code class="literal">false</code> 5626 5640 </em></span> 5627 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327477"></a>5641 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562253"></a> 5628 5642 5629 5643 use spnego (G) 5630 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327478"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try5644 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562254"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try 5631 5645 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 5632 5646 WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. … … 5636 5650 disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5637 5651 </em></span> 5638 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327524"></a>5652 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562302"></a> 5639 5653 5640 5654 utmp directory (G) 5641 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327525"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has5655 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562303"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has 5642 5656 been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 5643 5657 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is … … 5651 5665 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/utmp</code> 5652 5666 </em></span> 5653 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327597"></a>5667 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562380"></a> 5654 5668 5655 5669 utmp (G) 5656 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327598"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5670 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562381"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5657 5671 This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 5658 5672 with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to … … 5666 5680 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5667 5681 </em></span> 5668 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327655"></a>5682 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562443"></a> 5669 5683 5670 5684 valid users (S) 5671 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327656"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5685 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562444"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5672 5686 This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with 5673 5687 '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the … … 5685 5699 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>valid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">greg, @pcusers</code> 5686 5700 </em></span> 5687 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327741"></a>5701 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562534"></a> 5688 5702 5689 5703 -valid (S) 5690 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327742"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is5704 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562535"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is 5691 5705 valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, 5692 5706 the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. … … 5697 5711 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5698 5712 </em></span> 5699 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327787"></a>5713 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562584"></a> 5700 5714 5701 5715 veto files (S) 5702 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327788"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5716 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562585"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5703 5717 This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in 5704 5718 the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' … … 5708 5722 unix directory separator '/'. 5709 5723 </p><p> 5710 Note that the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CASESENSITIVE" >case sensitive</a> option is applicable in vetoing files.5724 Note that the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CASESENSITIVE" target="_top">case sensitive</a> option is applicable in vetoing files. 5711 5725 </p><p> 5712 5726 One feature of the veto files parameter that it is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when 5713 5727 trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this 5714 deletion will <span class="emphasis"><em>fail</em></span> unless you also set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEVETOFILES" >delete veto files</a>5728 deletion will <span class="emphasis"><em>fail</em></span> unless you also set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEVETOFILES" target="_top">delete veto files</a> 5715 5729 parameter to <em class="parameter"><code>yes</code></em>. 5716 5730 </p><p> … … 5731 5745 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">No files or directories are vetoed.</code> 5732 5746 </em></span> 5733 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327895"></a>5747 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562703"></a> 5734 5748 5735 5749 veto oplock files (S) 5736 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327896"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5737 This parameter is only valid when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" >oplocks</a>5750 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562704"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5751 This parameter is only valid when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS" target="_top">oplocks</a> 5738 5752 parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator 5739 5753 to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that 5740 5754 match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the 5741 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES" >veto files</a> parameter.5755 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES" target="_top">veto files</a> parameter. 5742 5756 </p><p> 5743 5757 You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily contended … … 5755 5769 # No files are vetoed for oplock grants</code> 5756 5770 </em></span> 5757 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 327981"></a>5771 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562796"></a> 5758 5772 5759 5773 <a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object 5760 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 327982"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328013"></a>5774 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562797"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562828"></a> 5761 5775 5762 5776 vfs objects (S) 5763 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328014"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which5777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562829"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which 5764 5778 are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal 5765 5779 disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded … … 5768 5782 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>vfs objects</code></em> = <code class="literal">extd_audit recycle</code> 5769 5783 </em></span> 5770 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328071"></a>5784 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562888"></a> 5771 5785 5772 5786 volume (S) 5773 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328072"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label5787 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562889"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label 5774 5788 returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs 5775 5789 that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>volume</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 5776 5790 # the name of the share</code> 5777 5791 </em></span> 5778 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328112"></a>5792 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562932"></a> 5779 5793 5780 5794 wide links (S) 5781 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328114"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links5795 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562933"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links 5782 5796 in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links 5783 5797 that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the … … 5787 5801 that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wide links</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5788 5802 </em></span> 5789 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328160"></a>5803 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2562984"></a> 5790 5804 5791 5805 winbind cache time (G) 5792 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328161"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of5806 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2562985"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 5793 5807 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache 5794 5808 user and group information before querying a Windows NT server 5795 5809 again.</p><p> 5796 5810 This does not apply to authentication requests, these are always 5797 evaluated in real time unless the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDOFFLINELOGON" >winbind offline logon</a> option has been enabled.5811 evaluated in real time unless the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDOFFLINELOGON" target="_top">winbind offline logon</a> option has been enabled. 5798 5812 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code> 5799 5813 </em></span> 5800 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328226"></a>5814 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563055"></a> 5801 5815 5802 5816 winbind enum groups (G) 5803 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328228"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress5817 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563056"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress 5804 5818 the enumeration of groups through the <code class="literal">setgrent()</code>, 5805 5819 <code class="literal">getgrent()</code> and … … 5809 5823 call will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5810 5824 </em></span> 5811 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328315"></a>5825 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563146"></a> 5812 5826 5813 5827 winbind enum users (G) 5814 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328316"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be5828 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563147"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be 5815 5829 necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <code class="literal">setpwent()</code>, 5816 5830 <code class="literal">getpwent()</code> and … … 5824 5838 usernames. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum users</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5825 5839 </em></span> 5826 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328404"></a>5840 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563239"></a> 5827 5841 5828 5842 winbind nested groups (G) 5829 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328405"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested5843 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563240"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested 5830 5844 groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or 5831 5845 aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested … … 5835 5849 groups, you need to run nss_winbind.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nested groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5836 5850 </em></span> 5837 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328449"></a>5851 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563290"></a> 5838 5852 5839 5853 winbind normalize names (G) 5840 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328450"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace5854 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563291"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace 5841 5855 whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character. 5842 5856 For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be … … 5850 5864 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind normalize names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5851 5865 </em></span> 5852 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328510"></a>5866 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563357"></a> 5853 5867 5854 5868 winbind nss info (G) 5855 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328511"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name5869 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563358"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name 5856 5870 Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell. 5857 5871 Currently the following settings are available: … … 5875 5889 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nss info</code></em> = <code class="literal">template sfu</code> 5876 5890 </em></span> 5877 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328623"></a>5891 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563476"></a> 5878 5892 5879 5893 winbind offline logon (G) 5880 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328624"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should5894 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563477"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should 5881 5895 allow to login with the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> 5882 5896 module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials … … 5886 5900 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind offline logon</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 5887 5901 </em></span> 5888 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328688"></a>5902 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563545"></a> 5889 5903 5890 5904 winbind refresh tickets (G) 5891 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328689"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets5905 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563546"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets 5892 5906 retrieved using the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> module. 5893 5907 … … 5896 5910 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind refresh tickets</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 5897 5911 </em></span> 5898 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328753"></a>5912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563612"></a> 5899 5913 5900 5914 winbind separator (G) 5901 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328754"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character5915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563613"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character 5902 5916 used when listing a username of the form of <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN 5903 5917 </code></em>\<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. This parameter … … 5910 5924 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind separator</code></em> = <code class="literal">+</code> 5911 5925 </em></span> 5912 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328836"></a>5926 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563699"></a> 5913 5927 5914 5928 winbind trusted domains only (G) 5915 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328837"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>5929 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563700"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5916 5930 This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members 5917 5931 of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, … … 5921 5935 </p><p> 5922 5936 This parameter is now deprecated in favor of the newer idmap_nss backend. 5923 Refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" >idmap domains</a> smb.conf option and5937 Refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" target="_top">idmap domains</a> smb.conf option and 5924 5938 the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_nss.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_nss</span>(8)</span></a> man page for more information. 5925 5939 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind trusted domains only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5926 5940 </em></span> 5927 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328908"></a>5941 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563778"></a> 5928 5942 5929 5943 winbind use default domain (G) 5930 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328909"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the5944 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563780"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the 5931 5945 <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 5932 5946 without domain component in their username. Users without a domain … … 5938 5952 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind use default domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5939 5953 </em></span> 5940 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 328977"></a>5954 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563850"></a> 5941 5955 5942 5956 wins hook (G) 5943 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 328978"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this5957 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563852"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this 5944 5958 allows you to call an external program for all changes to the 5945 5959 WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the … … 5962 5976 empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update 5963 5977 program <code class="literal">nsupdate</code> is provided in the examples 5964 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 329071"></a>5978 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2563957"></a> 5965 5979 5966 5980 wins proxy (G) 5967 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 329072"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name5981 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2563958"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name 5968 5982 queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this 5969 5983 to <code class="constant">yes</code> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5970 5984 </em></span> 5971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 329125"></a>5985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564012"></a> 5972 5986 5973 5987 wins server (G) 5974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 329126"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP5988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564013"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP 5975 5989 address for preference) of the WINS server that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on 5976 5990 your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a … … 5991 6005 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</code> 5992 6006 </em></span> 5993 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 329227"></a>6007 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564122"></a> 5994 6008 5995 6009 wins support (G) 5996 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 329228"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should6010 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564123"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should 5997 6011 not set this to <code class="constant">yes</code> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and 5998 6012 you wish a particular <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to be your WINS server. … … 6000 6014 on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6001 6015 </em></span> 6002 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 329294"></a>6016 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564192"></a> 6003 6017 6004 6018 workgroup (G) 6005 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 329295"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will6019 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564193"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will 6006 6020 appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter 6007 6021 also controls the Domain name used with 6008 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security = domain</a>6022 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = domain</a> 6009 6023 setting.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">WORKGROUP</code> 6010 6024 </em></span> 6011 6025 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYGROUP</code> 6012 6026 </em></span> 6013 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 329364"></a>6027 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564264"></a> 6014 6028 6015 6029 <a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable 6016 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 329365"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329394"></a>6030 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564265"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564295"></a> 6017 6031 6018 6032 writeable (S) 6019 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329396"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329433"></a> 6033 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564296"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>writeable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 6034 </em></span> 6035 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564346"></a> 6020 6036 6021 6037 write cache size (S) 6022 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 329434"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,6038 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564348"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 6023 6039 Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file 6024 6040 (it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for … … 6038 6054 # for a 256k cache size per file</code> 6039 6055 </em></span> 6040 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 329508"></a>6056 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564430"></a> 6041 6057 6042 6058 write list (S) 6043 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 329509"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6059 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564431"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6044 6060 This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the 6045 6061 connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter 6046 what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" >read only</a> option is set to. The list can6062 what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> option is set to. The list can 6047 6063 include group names using the @group syntax. 6048 6064 </p><p> … … 6051 6067 </p><p> 6052 6068 By design, this parameter will not work with the 6053 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" >security = share</a> in Samba 3.0.6069 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top">security = share</a> in Samba 3.0. 6054 6070 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 6055 6071 </em></span> 6056 6072 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, root, @staff</code> 6057 6073 </em></span> 6058 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 329596"></a>6074 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564523"></a> 6059 6075 6060 6076 write raw (G) 6061 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 329597"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server6077 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564524"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 6062 6078 will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. 6063 6079 You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 6064 6080 </em></span> 6065 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id 329638"></a>6081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2564567"></a> 6066 6082 6067 6083 wtmp directory (G) 6068 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id 329639"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>6084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id2564568"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 6069 6085 This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 6070 6086 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on … … 6078 6094 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wtmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/log/wtmp</code> 6079 6095 </em></span> 6080 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 329716"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>6096 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2564651"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p> 6081 6097 Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, your client software may not. 6082 6098 Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility. … … 6091 6107 care when designing these sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are 6092 6108 correct. 6093 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 329759"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329769"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>6094 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 329849"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6109 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2564701"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2564712"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 6110 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2564791"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 6095 6111 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 6096 6112 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed. -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcacls.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls — Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcacls</code> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-a acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [--numeric] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290849"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program manipulates NT Access Control2 Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58946"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls — Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcacls</code> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-a acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [--numeric] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483401"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program manipulates NT Access Control 2 Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483545"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program. 3 3 The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a acls</span></dt><dd><p>Add the ACLs specified to the ACL list. Existing 4 4 access control entries are unchanged. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-M acls</span></dt><dd><p>Modify the mask value (permissions) for the ACLs … … 41 41 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 42 42 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 43 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter43 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 44 44 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 45 45 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 53 53 <code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, 54 54 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 55 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58374"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by55 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481613"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by 56 56 either commas or newlines. An ACL entry is one of the following: </p><pre class="programlisting"> 57 57 REVISION:<revision number> … … 79 79 permissions</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>CHANGE</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions 80 80 </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>FULL</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO' 81 permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99987"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program sets the exit status81 permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481778"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program sets the exit status 82 82 depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. 83 83 The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit … … 85 85 or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status 86 86 of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line 87 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300014"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300024"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities87 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481810"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481821"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 88 88 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 89 89 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbclient.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbclient — ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources2 on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-L <netbios name>] [-U username] [-I destinationIP] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [- i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-k] [-P] [-c <command>]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l log-basename] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258316"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> is a client that can1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbclient — ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources 2 on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-L <netbios name>] [-U username] [-I destinationIP] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-g] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-k] [-P] [-c <command>]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-g] [-l log-basename] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483769"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> is a client that can 3 3 'talk' to an SMB/CIFS server. It offers an interface 4 4 similar to that of the ftp program (see <a class="citerefentry" href="ftp.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ftp</span>(1)</span></a>). … … 6 6 to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to 7 7 the server, retrieving directory information from the server 8 and so on. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58352"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">servicename</span></dt><dd><p>servicename is the name of the service8 and so on. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483808"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">servicename</span></dt><dd><p>servicename is the name of the service 9 9 you want to use on the server. A service name takes the form 10 10 <code class="filename">//server/service</code> where <em class="parameter"><code>server … … 86 86 when making connections to the server. The standard (well-known) 87 87 TCP port number for an SMB/CIFS server is 139, which is the 88 default. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P</span></dt><dd><p> 88 default. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter provides combined with 89 <em class="parameter"><code>-L</code></em> easy parseable output that allows processing 90 with utilities such as grep and cut. 91 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P</span></dt><dd><p> 89 92 Make queries to the external server using the machine account of the local server. 90 93 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 91 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I IP-address</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>IP address</code></em> is the address of the server to connect to. 94 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I IP-address</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>IP address</code></em> is the address of the server to connect to. 92 95 It should be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation. </p><p>Normally the client would attempt to locate a named 93 96 SMB/CIFS server by looking it up via the NetBIOS name resolution … … 138 141 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 139 142 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 140 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter143 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 141 144 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 142 145 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 183 186 it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n <primary NetBIOS name></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override 184 187 the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical 185 to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" >netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.188 to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 186 189 However, a command 187 190 line setting will take precedence over settings in … … 268 271 commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin. <em class="parameter"><code> 269 272 -N</code></em> is implied by <em class="parameter"><code>-c</code></em>.</p><p>This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin 270 to the server, e.g. <code class="literal">-c 'print -'</code>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300920"></a><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with273 to the server, e.g. <code class="literal">-c 'print -'</code>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533319"></a><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with 271 274 a prompt : </p><p><code class="prompt">smb:\> </code></p><p>The backslash ("\\") indicates the current working directory 272 275 on the server, and will change if the current working directory … … 464 467 the given arbitrary number. Without an argument prints out the current 465 468 vuid being used. Used for internal Samba testing purposes. 466 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 301857"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames,469 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534390"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames, 467 470 passwords, share names (AKA service names) and machine names. 468 471 If you fail to connect try giving all parameters in uppercase. … … 471 474 on a valid NetBIOS name being used, so you need to supply a valid 472 475 name that would be known to the server.</p><p>smbclient supports long file names where the server 473 supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 301877"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the476 supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534415"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the 474 477 username of the person using the client. This information is 475 478 used only if the protocol level is high enough to support … … 481 484 to instead of connecting to a server. This functionality is primarily 482 485 intended as a development aid, and works best when using a LMHOSTS 483 file</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 301908"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>The location of the client program is a matter for486 file</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534451"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>The location of the client program is a matter for 484 487 individual system administrators. The following are thus 485 488 suggestions only. </p><p>It is recommended that the smbclient software be installed … … 492 495 running SMB/CIFS server. It is possible to run <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon 493 496 on a user-accessible port (typically any port number over 1024) 494 would provide a suitable test server. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 301955"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a497 would provide a suitable test server. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534503"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a 495 498 specified log file. The log file name is specified at compile time, 496 499 but may be overridden on the command line. </p><p>The number and nature of diagnostics available depends 497 500 on the debug level used by the client. If you have problems, 498 set the debug level to 3 and peruse the log files. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 301971"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301982"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities501 set the debug level to 3 and peruse the log files. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534522"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2534533"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 499 502 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 500 503 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcontrol.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol — send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290798"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a very small program, which2 sends messages to a <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, a <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, or a <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90848"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol — send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483352"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a very small program, which 2 sends messages to a <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, a <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, or a <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483403"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 3 3 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the 4 4 configuration details required by the server. The … … 17 17 to only that process.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">message-type</span></dt><dd><p>Type of message to send. See 18 18 the section <code class="constant">MESSAGE-TYPES</code> for details. 19 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">parameters</span></dt><dd><p>any parameters required for the message-type</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59048"></a><h2>MESSAGE-TYPES</h2><p>Available message types are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">close-share</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to close the client19 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">parameters</span></dt><dd><p>any parameters required for the message-type</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483662"></a><h2>MESSAGE-TYPES</h2><p>Available message types are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">close-share</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to close the client 20 20 connections to the named share. Note that this doesn't affect client 21 21 connections to any other shares. This message-type takes an argument of the … … 60 60 sent to smbd.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">reload-config</span></dt><dd><p>Force daemon to reload smb.conf configuration file. Can be sent 61 61 to <code class="constant">smbd</code>, <code class="constant">nmbd</code>, or <code class="constant">winbindd</code>. 62 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99899"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of63 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99909"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299933"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities62 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481679"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 63 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481690"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481714"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 64 64 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 65 65 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcquotas.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas — Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logdir] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258940"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258967"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas — Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logdir] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483539"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483568"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set. 2 2 By default the current user's username will be used.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>Lists all quota records of the share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>Show the share quota status and default limits.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND</span></dt><dd><p>This command sets/modifies quotas for a user or on the share, 3 3 depending on the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND parameter which is described later.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n</span></dt><dd><p>This option displays all QUOTA information in numeric … … 20 20 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 21 21 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 22 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter22 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 23 23 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 24 24 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 63 63 via the <code class="literal">ps</code> command. To be safe always allow 64 64 <code class="literal">rpcclient</code> to prompt for a password and type 65 it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99914"></a><h2>QUOTA_SET_COMAND</h2><p>The format of an the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND is an operation65 it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481690"></a><h2>QUOTA_SET_COMAND</h2><p>The format of an the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND is an operation 66 66 name followed by a set of parameters specific to that operation. 67 67 </p><p>To set user quotas for the user specified by -u or for the … … 75 75 </p><p><strong class="userinput"><code> 76 76 FSQFLAGS:QUOTA_ENABLED/DENY_DISK/LOG_SOFTLIMIT/LOG_HARD_LIMIT 77 </code></strong></p><p>All limits are specified as a number of bytes.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99958"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program sets the exit status77 </code></strong></p><p>All limits are specified as a number of bytes.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481743"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program sets the exit status 78 78 depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. 79 79 The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcquotas returns an exit … … 81 81 or when there was an error getting or setting the quota(s), an exit status 82 82 of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line 83 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99985"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299996"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities83 arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481776"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481787"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 84 84 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 85 85 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbd.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd — server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number(s)>] [-P <profiling level>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290850"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> is the server daemon that1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd — server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number(s)>] [-P <profiling level>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483405"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> is the server daemon that 2 2 provides filesharing and printing services to Windows clients. 3 3 The server provides filespace and printer services to … … 22 22 the configuration file will not affect connections to any service 23 23 that is already established. Either the user will have to 24 disconnect from the service, or <code class="literal">smbd</code> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58994"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes24 disconnect from the service, or <code class="literal">smbd</code> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483607"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes 25 25 the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches 26 26 itself and runs in the background, fielding requests … … 61 61 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 62 62 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 63 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter63 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 64 64 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 65 65 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 77 77 Samba was built.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--port<port number(s)></span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>port number(s)</code></em> is a 78 78 space or comma-separated list of TCP ports smbd should listen on. 79 The default value is taken from the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PORTS" >ports</a> parameter in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code></p><p>The default ports are 139 (used for SMB over NetBIOS over TCP)79 The default value is taken from the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PORTS" target="_top">ports</a> parameter in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code></p><p>The default ports are 139 (used for SMB over NetBIOS over TCP) 80 80 and port 445 (used for plain SMB over TCP). 81 81 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P|--profiling-level<profiling level></span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>profiling level</code></em> is a … … 83 83 0 turns off profiling, 1 turns on counter profiling only, 84 84 2 turns on complete profiling, and 3 resets all profiling data. 85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99911"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481697"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the 86 86 <code class="literal">inetd</code> meta-daemon, this file 87 87 must contain suitable startup information for the … … 97 97 install this file are <code class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code> 98 98 and <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</p><p>This file describes all the services the server 99 is to make available to clients. See <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300024"></a><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <code class="literal">smbd</code> cannot change uid back99 is to make available to clients. See <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481823"></a><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <code class="literal">smbd</code> cannot change uid back 100 100 to root after a setuid() call. Such systems are called 101 101 trapdoor uid systems. If you have such a system, … … 103 103 two different users at once. Attempts to connect the 104 104 second user will result in access denied or 105 similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300041"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">PRINTER</code></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to105 similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481844"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">PRINTER</code></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to 106 106 printable services, most systems will use the value of 107 107 this variable (or <code class="constant">lp</code> if this variable is 108 108 not defined) as the name of the printer to use. This 109 is not specific to the server, however.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300068"></a><h2>PAM INTERACTION</h2><p>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext109 is not specific to the server, however.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481873"></a><h2>PAM INTERACTION</h2><p>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext 110 110 password), for account checking (is this account disabled?) and for 111 111 session management. The degree too which samba supports PAM is restricted 112 by the limitations of the SMB protocol and the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" >obey pam restrictions</a> <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> paramater. When this is set, the following restrictions apply:112 by the limitations of the SMB protocol and the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" target="_top">obey pam restrictions</a> <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> paramater. When this is set, the following restrictions apply: 113 113 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Account Validation</em></span>: All accesses to a 114 114 samba server are checked … … 120 120 Note also that some older pam configuration files may need a line 121 121 added for session support. 122 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300114"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of123 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300125"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged122 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481932"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 123 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481943"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged 124 124 in a specified log file. The log file name is specified 125 125 at compile time, but may be overridden on the command line.</p><p>The number and nature of diagnostics available depends … … 130 130 diagnostic. At this stage your best bet is still to grep the 131 131 source code and inspect the conditions that gave rise to the 132 diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300147"></a><h2>TDB FILES</h2><p>Samba stores it's data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in <code class="filename">/var/lib/samba</code>.</p><p>132 diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481971"></a><h2>TDB FILES</h2><p>Samba stores it's data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in <code class="filename">/var/lib/samba</code>.</p><p> 133 133 (*) information persistent across restarts (but not 134 134 necessarily important to backup). 135 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">account_policy.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>NT account policy settings such as pw expiration, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">brlock.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>byte range locks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">browse.dat</span></dt><dd><p>browse lists</p></dd><dt><span class="term">connections.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share connections (used to enforce max connections, etc...)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gencache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>generic caching db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">group_mapping.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>group mapping information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">locking.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share modes & oplocks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">login_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>bad pw attempts</p></dd><dt><span class="term">messages.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Samba messaging system</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netsamlogon_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>cache of user net_info_3 struct from net_samlogon() request (as a domain member)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntdrivers.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer drivers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntforms.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer forms</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntprinters.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">printing/</span></dt><dd><p>directory containing tdb per print queue of cached lpq output</p></dd><dt><span class="term">registry.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Windows registry skeleton (connect via regedit.exe)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">sessionid.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>session information (e.g. support for 'utmp = yes')</p></dd><dt><span class="term">share_info.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>share acls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's cache of user lists, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_idmap.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's local idmap db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">wins.dat*</span></dt><dd><p>wins database when 'wins support = yes'</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300367"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <code class="literal">smbd</code> a SIGHUP will cause it to135 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">account_policy.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>NT account policy settings such as pw expiration, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">brlock.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>byte range locks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">browse.dat</span></dt><dd><p>browse lists</p></dd><dt><span class="term">connections.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share connections (used to enforce max connections, etc...)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gencache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>generic caching db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">group_mapping.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>group mapping information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">locking.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share modes & oplocks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">login_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>bad pw attempts</p></dd><dt><span class="term">messages.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Samba messaging system</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netsamlogon_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>cache of user net_info_3 struct from net_samlogon() request (as a domain member)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntdrivers.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer drivers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntforms.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer forms</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntprinters.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">printing/</span></dt><dd><p>directory containing tdb per print queue of cached lpq output</p></dd><dt><span class="term">registry.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Windows registry skeleton (connect via regedit.exe)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">sessionid.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>session information (e.g. support for 'utmp = yes')</p></dd><dt><span class="term">share_info.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>share acls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's cache of user lists, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_idmap.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's local idmap db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">wins.dat*</span></dt><dd><p>wins database when 'wins support = yes'</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532665"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <code class="literal">smbd</code> a SIGHUP will cause it to 136 136 reload its <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> configuration 137 137 file within a short period of time.</p><p>To shut down a user's <code class="literal">smbd</code> process it is recommended … … 148 148 issuing them. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe 149 149 by un-blocking the signals before the select call and re-blocking 150 them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300445"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="hosts_access.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hosts_access</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the150 them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532751"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="hosts_access.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hosts_access</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the 151 151 Internet RFC's <code class="filename">rfc1001.txt</code>, <code class="filename">rfc1002.txt</code>. 152 152 In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available 153 153 as a link from the Web page <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> 154 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300524"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities154 http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532831"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 155 155 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 156 156 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbget.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbget</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbget.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbget — wget-like utility for download files over SMB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbget</code> [-a, --guest] [-r, --resume] [-R, --recursive] [-u, --username=STRING] [-p, --password=STRING] [-w, --workgroup=STRING] [-n, --nonprompt] [-d, --debuglevel=INT] [-D, --dots] [-P, --keep-permissions] [-o, --outputfile] [-f, --rcfile] [-q, --quiet] [-v, --verbose] [-b, --blocksize] [-?, --help] [--usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258974"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbget is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line.1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbget</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbget.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbget — wget-like utility for download files over SMB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbget</code> [-a, --guest] [-r, --resume] [-R, --recursive] [-u, --username=STRING] [-p, --password=STRING] [-w, --workgroup=STRING] [-n, --nonprompt] [-d, --debuglevel=INT] [-D, --dots] [-P, --keep-permissions] [-o, --outputfile] [-f, --rcfile] [-q, --quiet] [-v, --verbose] [-b, --blocksize] [-?, --help] [--usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483571"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbget is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line. 2 2 </p><p> 3 3 The files should be in the smb-URL standard, e.g. use smb://host/share/file 4 4 for the UNC path <span class="emphasis"><em>\\\\HOST\\SHARE\\file</em></span>. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59004"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><dt><span class="term">-a, --guest</span></dt><dd><p>Work as user guest</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r, --resume</span></dt><dd><p>Automatically resume aborted files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R, --recursive</span></dt><dd><p>Recursively download files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u, --username=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Username to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p, --password=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Password to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w, --workgroup=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use (optional)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n, --nonprompt</span></dt><dd><p>Don't ask anything (non-interactive)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d, --debuglevel=INT</span></dt><dd><p>Debuglevel to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D, --dots</span></dt><dd><p>Show dots as progress indication</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P, --keep-permissions</span></dt><dd><p>Set same permissions on local file as are set on remote file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o, --outputfile</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being download to the specified file. Can not be used together with -R.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f, --rcfile</span></dt><dd><p>Use specified rcfile. This will be loaded in the order it was specified - e.g. if you specify any options before this one, they might get overriden by the contents of the rcfile.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-q, --quiet</span></dt><dd><p>Be quiet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v, --verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Be verbose</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b, --blocksize</span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to download in a block. Defaults to 64000.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-?, --help</span></dt><dd><p>Show help message</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>Display brief usage message</p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258370"></a><h2>SMB URLS</h2><p> SMB URL's should be specified in the following format:</p><pre class="programlisting">5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483603"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><dt><span class="term">-a, --guest</span></dt><dd><p>Work as user guest</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r, --resume</span></dt><dd><p>Automatically resume aborted files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R, --recursive</span></dt><dd><p>Recursively download files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u, --username=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Username to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p, --password=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Password to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w, --workgroup=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use (optional)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n, --nonprompt</span></dt><dd><p>Don't ask anything (non-interactive)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d, --debuglevel=INT</span></dt><dd><p>Debuglevel to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D, --dots</span></dt><dd><p>Show dots as progress indication</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P, --keep-permissions</span></dt><dd><p>Set same permissions on local file as are set on remote file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o, --outputfile</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being download to the specified file. Can not be used together with -R.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f, --rcfile</span></dt><dd><p>Use specified rcfile. This will be loaded in the order it was specified - e.g. if you specify any options before this one, they might get overriden by the contents of the rcfile.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-q, --quiet</span></dt><dd><p>Be quiet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v, --verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Be verbose</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b, --blocksize</span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to download in a block. Defaults to 64000.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-?, --help</span></dt><dd><p>Show help message</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>Display brief usage message</p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483805"></a><h2>SMB URLS</h2><p> SMB URL's should be specified in the following format:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 6 6 smb://[[[domain;]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] 7 7 </pre><pre class="programlisting"> … … 9 9 </pre><pre class="programlisting"> 10 10 smb://name/ means, if <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a workgroup, all the servers in this workgroup, or if <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a server, all the shares on this server. 11 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99774"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">11 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481521"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting"> 12 12 # Recursively download 'src' directory 13 13 smbget -R smb://rhonwyn/jelmer/src … … 18 18 # Backup my data on rhonwyn 19 19 smbget -Rr smb://rhonwyn/ 20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99788"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Permission denied is returned in some cases where the cause of the error is unknown20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481538"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Permission denied is returned in some cases where the cause of the error is unknown 21 21 (such as an illegally formatted smb:// url or trying to get a directory without -R 22 turned on).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99799"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of23 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99809"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities22 turned on).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481551"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 23 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481562"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 24 24 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 25 25 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbgetrc.5.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbgetrc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbgetrc.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbgetrc — configuration file for smbget</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbgetrc</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258166"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbgetrc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbgetrc.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbgetrc — configuration file for smbget</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbgetrc</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522923"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p> 2 2 This manual page documents the format and options of the <span class="emphasis"><em>smbgetrc</em></span> 3 3 file. This is the configuration file used by the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> … … 5 5 and value should be separated by a space. 6 6 </p><p>By default, smbget reads its configuration from <span class="emphasis"><em>$HOME/.smbgetrc</em></span>, though 7 other locations can be specified using the command-line options.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id25 8194"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>7 other locations can be specified using the command-line options.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522957"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p> 8 8 The following keys can be set: 9 9 </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">resume on|off</span></dt><dd><p> 10 10 Whether aborted downloads should be automatically resumed. 11 11 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recursive on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether directories should be downloaded recursively</p></dd><dt><span class="term">username <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Username to use when logging in to the remote server. Use an empty string for anonymous access. 12 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password <em class="replaceable"><code>pass</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Password to use when logging in.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup <em class="replaceable"><code>wg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use when logging in</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nonprompt on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Turns off asking for username and password. Useful for scripts.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debuglevel <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>(Samba) debuglevel to run at. Useful for tracking down protocol level problems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dots on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether a single dot should be printed for each block that has been downloaded, instead of the default progress indicator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to put in a block. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58961"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of13 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58972"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58996"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities12 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password <em class="replaceable"><code>pass</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Password to use when logging in.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup <em class="replaceable"><code>wg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use when logging in</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nonprompt on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Turns off asking for username and password. Useful for scripts.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debuglevel <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>(Samba) debuglevel to run at. Useful for tracking down protocol level problems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dots on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether a single dot should be printed for each block that has been downloaded, instead of the default progress indicator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to put in a block. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483570"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 13 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483581"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>. 14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483605"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbmnt.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmnt</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmnt.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmnt — helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> {mount-point} [-s <share>] [-r] [-u <uid>] [-g <gid>] [-f <mask>] [-d <mask>] [-o <options>] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290801"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is a helper application used1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmnt</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmnt.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmnt — helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> {mount-point} [-s <share>] [-r] [-u <uid>] [-g <gid>] [-f <mask>] [-d <mask>] [-o <options>] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483354"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is a helper application used 2 2 by the smbmount program to do the actual mounting of SMB shares. 3 3 <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> can be installed setuid root if you want … … 5 5 by the user, and that the user has write permission on.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> program is normally invoked 6 6 by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a>. It should not be invoked directly by users. </p><p>smbmount searches the normal PATH for smbmnt. You must ensure 7 that the smbmnt version in your path matches the smbmount used.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90849"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>mount the filesystem read-only7 that the smbmnt version in your path matches the smbmount used.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483407"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>mount the filesystem read-only 8 8 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u uid</span></dt><dd><p>specify the uid that the files will 9 9 be owned by </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g gid</span></dt><dd><p>specify the gid that the files will be … … 14 14 command is run on a 2.4 or higher Linux kernel. 15 15 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 16 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59007"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield16 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483614"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield 17 17 and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace 18 18 tools <code class="literal">smbmount</code>, <code class="literal">smbumount</code>, -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbmount.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmount — mount an smbfs filesystem</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258176"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> mounts a Linux SMB filesystem. It1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmount — mount an smbfs filesystem</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522934"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> mounts a Linux SMB filesystem. It 2 2 is usually invoked as <code class="literal">mount.smbfs</code> by 3 3 the <a class="citerefentry" href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the … … 16 16 calls <a class="citerefentry" href="smbmnt.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmnt</span>(8)</span></a> to do the actual mount. You 17 17 must make sure that <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is in the path so 18 that it can be found. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58933"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">username=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>18 that it can be found. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483538"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">username=<arg></span></dt><dd><p> 19 19 specifies the username to connect as. If this is not given, then the environment variable <code class="envar"> USER</code> 20 20 is used. This option can also take the form "user%password" or "user/workgroup" or "user/workgroup%password" … … 74 74 in many cases. 75 75 (Note: only kernel 2.4.2 or later) 76 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99783"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the username of the76 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481557"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the username of the 77 77 person using the client. This information is used only if the 78 78 protocol level is high enough to support session-level … … 83 83 passwords.</p><p>The variable <code class="envar">PASSWD_FILE</code> may contain the pathname 84 84 of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is 85 read and used as the password.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99813"></a><h2>OTHER COMMANDS</h2><p>85 read and used as the password.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481595"></a><h2>OTHER COMMANDS</h2><p> 86 86 File systems that have been mounted using the <code class="literal">smbmount</code> 87 87 can be unmounted using the <code class="literal">smbumount</code> or the UNIX system 88 88 <code class="literal">umount</code> command. 89 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99838"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Passwords and other options containing , can not be handled.89 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481623"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Passwords and other options containing , can not be handled. 90 90 For passwords an alternative way of passing them is in a credentials 91 91 file or in the PASSWD environment.</p><p>The credentials file does not handle usernames or passwords with … … 98 98 to try the latest version first. So please try doing that first, 99 99 and always include which versions you use of relevant software 100 when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99873"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt in the linux kernel100 when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481665"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt in the linux kernel 101 101 source tree may contain additional options and information.</p><p>FreeBSD also has a smbfs, but it is not related to smbmount</p><p>For Solaris, HP-UX and others you may want to look at <a class="citerefentry" href="smbsh.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbsh</span>(1)</span></a> or at other solutions, such as 102 Sharity or perhaps replacing the SMB server with a NFS server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99899"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield102 Sharity or perhaps replacing the SMB server with a NFS server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481695"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield 103 103 and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace 104 104 tools <code class="literal">smbmount</code>, <code class="literal">smbumount</code>, -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbpasswd.5.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258166"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522923"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains 2 2 the username, Unix user id and the SMB hashed passwords of the 3 3 user, as well as account flag information and the time the 4 4 password was last changed. This file format has been evolving with 5 Samba and has had several different formats in the past. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id25 8190"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2.25 Samba and has had several different formats in the past. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522950"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2.2 6 6 is very similar to the familiar Unix <code class="filename">passwd(5)</code> 7 7 file. It is an ASCII file containing one line for each user. Each field … … 77 77 "Last Change Time") followed by a numeric encoding of the UNIX time 78 78 in seconds since the epoch (1970) that the last change was made. 79 </p></dd></dl></div><p>All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59059"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of80 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58236"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and79 </p></dd></dl></div><p>All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483701"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 80 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483712"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and 81 81 the Internet RFC1321 for details on the MD4 algorithm. 82 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58261"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities82 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483738"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 83 83 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 84 84 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbpasswd.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> [-a] [-c <config file>] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-W] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258956"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> [-a] [-c <config file>] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-W] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483557"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different 2 2 functions, depending on whether it is run by the <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> user 3 3 or not. When run as a normal user it allows the user to change … … 26 26 smbpasswd</code> accesses the local smbpasswd file 27 27 directly, thus enabling changes to be made even if smbd is not 28 running. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59059"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>28 running. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483679"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p> 29 29 This option specifies that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file, with the new 30 30 password typed (type <Enter> for the old password). This option is ignored if the username following … … 129 129 has been compiled with LDAP support. The <em class="parameter"><code>-w</code></em> 130 130 switch is used to specify the password to be used with the 131 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" >ldap admin dn</a>. Note that the password is stored in131 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a>. Note that the password is stored in 132 132 the <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code> and is keyed off 133 133 of the admin's DN. This means that if the value of <em class="parameter"><code>ldap … … 139 139 has been compiled with LDAP support. The <em class="parameter"><code>-W</code></em> 140 140 switch is used to specify the password to be used with the 141 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" >ldap admin dn</a>. Note that the password is stored in141 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a>. Note that the password is stored in 142 142 the <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code> and is keyed off 143 143 of the admin's DN. This means that if the value of <em class="parameter"><code>ldap … … 152 152 can specify this parameter as only root has the permission needed 153 153 to modify attributes directly in the local smbpasswd file. 154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300254"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> works in client-server154 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532569"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> works in client-server 155 155 mode communicating with a local smbd for a non-root user then 156 156 the smbd daemon must be running for this to work. A common problem … … 160 160 the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and neglecting to 161 161 allow "localhost" access to the smbd. </p><p>In addition, the smbpasswd command is only useful if Samba 162 has been set up to use encrypted passwords. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300298"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300309"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300332"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities162 has been set up to use encrypted passwords. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532618"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532629"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532652"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 163 163 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 164 164 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbspool.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool — send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290795"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool — send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483345"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that 2 2 sends a print file to an SMB printer. The command-line arguments 3 3 are position-dependent for compatibility with the Common UNIX … … 11 11 pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the 12 12 <code class="envar">DEVICE_URI</code> environment variable prior to 13 running smbspool.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58947"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The job argument (argv[1]) contains the13 running smbspool.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483552"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The job argument (argv[1]) contains the 14 14 job ID number and is presently not used by smbspool. 15 15 </p></li><li><p>The user argument (argv[2]) contains the … … 24 24 not used by smbspool.</p></li><li><p>The filename argument (argv[6]) contains the 25 25 name of the file to print. If this argument is not specified 26 then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58991"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259001"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259026"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> was written by Michael Sweet26 then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483603"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483614"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483638"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> was written by Michael Sweet 27 27 at Easy Software Products.</p><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 28 28 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbstatus.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus — report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> [-P] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290825"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> is a very simple program to2 list the current Samba connections.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90850"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-P|--profile</span></dt><dd><p>If samba has been compiled with the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus — report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> [-P] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483379"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> is a very simple program to 2 list the current Samba connections.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483406"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-P|--profile</span></dt><dd><p>If samba has been compiled with the 3 3 profiling option, print only the contents of the profiling 4 4 shared memory area.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b|--brief</span></dt><dd><p>gives brief output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer … … 14 14 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 15 15 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 16 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter16 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 17 17 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 18 18 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 29 29 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--processes</span></dt><dd><p>print a list of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes and exit. 30 30 Useful for scripting.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S|--shares</span></dt><dd><p>causes smbstatus to only list shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 31 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--user=<username></span></dt><dd><p>selects information relevant to <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99781"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of32 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99790"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299814"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities31 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--user=<username></span></dt><dd><p>selects information relevant to <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481537"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 32 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481548"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481573"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 33 33 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 34 34 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbtar.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtar</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtar.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtar — shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares2 directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58935"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> is a very small shell script on top3 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58968"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtar</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtar.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtar — shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares 2 directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483533"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> is a very small shell script on top 3 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483567"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides 4 4 upon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-x service</span></dt><dd><p>The share name on the server to connect to. 5 5 The default is "backup".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-X</span></dt><dd><p>Exclude mode. Exclude filenames... from tar … … 18 18 after each file is read. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Restore. Files are restored to the share 19 19 from the tar file. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l log level</span></dt><dd><p>Log (debug) level. Corresponds to the 20 <em class="parameter"><code>-d</code></em> flag of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58340"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>$TAPE</code></em> variable specifies the20 <em class="parameter"><code>-d</code></em> flag of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483787"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>$TAPE</code></em> variable specifies the 21 21 default tape device to write to. May be overridden 22 with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58357"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> script has different23 options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58373"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>Sites that are more careful about security may not like22 with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483804"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> script has different 23 options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481496"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>Sites that are more careful about security may not like 24 24 the way the script handles PC passwords. Backup and restore work 25 25 on entire shares; should work on file lists. smbtar works best 26 with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99754"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299776"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of27 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99785"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299817"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities26 with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481510"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481533"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 27 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481544"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481579"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 28 28 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 29 29 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbtree.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtree</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtree.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtree — A text based smb network browser2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id25 8192"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> is a smb browser program1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtree</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtree.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtree — A text based smb network browser 2 </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522950"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> is a smb browser program 3 3 in text mode. It is similar to the "Network Neighborhood" found 4 4 on Windows computers. It prints a tree with all 5 5 the known domains, the servers in those domains and 6 6 the shares on the servers. 7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90799"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-b</span></dt><dd><p>Query network nodes by sending requests7 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483353"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-b</span></dt><dd><p>Query network nodes by sending requests 8 8 as broadcasts instead of querying the local master browser. 9 9 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>Only print a list of all … … 24 24 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 25 25 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 26 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter26 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 27 27 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 28 28 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 68 68 <code class="literal">rpcclient</code> to prompt for a password and type 69 69 it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 70 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99769"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba71 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99779"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities70 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481534"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 71 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481545"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 72 72 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 73 73 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbumount.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbumount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbumount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbumount — smbfs umount for normal users</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbumount</code> {mount-point}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258746"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems,1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbumount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbumount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbumount — smbfs umount for normal users</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbumount</code> {mount-point}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522918"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems, 2 2 provided that it is suid root. <code class="literal">smbumount</code> has 3 3 been written to give normal Linux users more control over their … … 7 7 program works perfectly well.</p><p>WARNING: <code class="literal">smbumount</code> is deprecated and not 8 8 maintained any longer. <code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> 9 should be used instead of <code class="literal">smbumount</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90780"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">mount-point</span></dt><dd><p>The directory to unmount.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290802"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290817"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield9 should be used instead of <code class="literal">smbumount</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522963"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">mount-point</span></dt><dd><p>The directory to unmount.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483356"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483372"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield 10 10 and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace 11 11 tools <code class="literal">smbmount</code>, <code class="literal">smbumount</code>, -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/swat.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat — Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">swat</code> [-s <smb config file>] [-a] [-P]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258192"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> allows a Samba administrator to1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat — Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">swat</code> [-s <smb config file>] [-a] [-P]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522953"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> allows a Samba administrator to 2 2 configure the complex <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file via a Web browser. In addition, 3 3 a <code class="literal">swat</code> configuration page has help links 4 4 to all the configurable options in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file allowing an 5 administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is run from <code class="literal">inetd</code> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90831"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is5 administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is run from <code class="literal">inetd</code> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483388"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is 6 6 determined at compile time. The file specified contains 7 7 the configuration details required by the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> server. This is the file … … 29 29 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 30 30 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 31 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter31 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 32 32 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 33 33 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 42 42 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 43 43 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 44 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59052"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>Swat is included as binary package with most distributions. The44 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481492"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>Swat is included as binary package with most distributions. The 45 45 package manager in this case takes care of the installation and 46 46 configuration. This section is only for those who have compiled … … 49 49 </code> to install the <code class="literal">swat</code> binary 50 50 and the various help files and images. A default install would put 51 these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/usr/local/samba/sbin/swat</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2 99777"></a><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf51 these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/usr/local/samba/sbin/swat</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id2481539"></a><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf 52 52 </code> and <code class="filename">/etc/services</code> 53 53 to enable SWAT to be launched via <code class="literal">inetd</code>.</p><p>In <code class="filename">/etc/services</code> you need to … … 63 63 and <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code> you need to send a 64 64 HUP signal to inetd. To do this use <code class="literal">kill -1 PID 65 </code> where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99873"></a><h2>LAUNCHING</h2><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and65 </code> where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481651"></a><h2>LAUNCHING</h2><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and 66 66 point it at "http://localhost:901/".</p><p>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected 67 67 machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your 68 68 connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent 69 in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99889"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup69 in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481670"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup 70 70 information for the meta-daemon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/services</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain a mapping of service name 71 71 (e.g., swat) to service port (e.g., 901) and protocol type … … 74 74 /usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/smb.conf 75 75 </code>. This file describes all the services the server 76 is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99962"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><code class="literal">swat</code> will rewrite your <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all76 is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481751"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><code class="literal">swat</code> will rewrite your <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all 77 77 comments, <em class="parameter"><code>include=</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>copy= 78 78 </code></em> options. If you have a carefully crafted <code class="filename"> 79 smb.conf</code> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300001"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300011"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="literal">inetd(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300040"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities79 smb.conf</code> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481795"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481806"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="literal">inetd(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481836"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 80 80 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 81 81 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbbackup.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbbackup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbbackup.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbbackup — tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> [-s suffix] [-v] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258192"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> is a tool that may be used to backup samba .tdb1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbbackup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbbackup.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbbackup — tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> [-s suffix] [-v] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522953"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> is a tool that may be used to backup samba .tdb 2 2 files. This tool may also be used to verify the integrity of the .tdb files prior 3 3 to samba startup or during normal operation. If it finds file damage and it finds 4 4 a prior backup the backup file will be restored. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90799"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483356"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p> 6 6 Get help information. 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s suffix</span></dt><dd><p> … … 12 12 The <code class="literal">-v</code> will check the database for damages (currupt data) 13 13 which if detected causes the backup to be restored. 14 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58928"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL INFORMATION</em></span></p><p>14 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483532"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL INFORMATION</em></span></p><p> 15 15 The <code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> utility can safely be run at any time. It was designed so 16 16 that it can be used at any time to validate the integrity of tdb files, even during Samba … … 30 30 <code class="literal">*.tdb</code> located in the /usr/local/samba/var directory or on some 31 31 systems in the /var/cache or /var/lib/samba directories. 32 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59001"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259011"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>32 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483612"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483623"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 33 33 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. 34 34 Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbdump.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbdump</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbdump.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbdump — tool for printing the contents of a TDB file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> {filename}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258177"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> is a very simple utility that 'dumps' the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbdump</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbdump.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbdump — tool for printing the contents of a TDB file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> {filename}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522936"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> is a very simple utility that 'dumps' the 2 2 contents of a TDB (Trivial DataBase) file to standard output in a 3 3 human-readable format. 4 4 </p><p>This tool can be used when debugging problems with TDB files. It is 5 5 intended for those who are somewhat familiar with Samba internals. 6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90789"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290798"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483343"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483354"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 7 7 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. 8 8 Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbtool.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbtool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbtool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbtool — manipulate the contents TDB files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code></p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbtool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbtool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbtool — manipulate the contents TDB files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code></p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code> 2 2 <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em> 3 3 [ 4 4 <em class="replaceable"><code>COMMANDS</code></em> 5 ...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90782"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the5 ...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522960"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the 6 6 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code> a tool for displaying and 7 7 altering the contents of Samba TDB (Trivial DataBase) files. Each 8 8 of the commands listed below can be entered interactively or 9 provided on the command line.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90810"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">create</code>9 provided on the command line.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483362"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">create</code> 10 10 <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Create a new database named 11 11 <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em>. … … 57 57 <code class="option">quit</code> 58 58 </span></dt><dd><p>Exit <code class="literal">tdbtool</code>. 59 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58358"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The contents of the Samba TDB files are private59 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483796"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The contents of the Samba TDB files are private 60 60 to the implementation and should not be altered with 61 61 <code class="literal">tdbtool</code>. 62 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58374"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299753"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were62 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481486"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481497"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were 63 63 created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the 64 64 Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/testparm.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testparm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testparm.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testparm — check an smb.conf configuration file for2 internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L <servername>] [-t <encoding>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90803"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> is a very simple test program1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testparm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testparm.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testparm — check an smb.conf configuration file for 2 internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L <servername>] [-t <encoding>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483356"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> is a very simple test program 3 3 to check an <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> configuration file for 4 4 internal correctness. If this program reports no problems, you … … 12 12 smb.conf</code> file it returns an exit code of 1 to the calling 13 13 program, else it returns an exit code of 0. This allows shell scripts 14 to test the output from <code class="literal">testparm</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58949"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <code class="literal">testparm</code>14 to test the output from <code class="literal">testparm</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483556"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <code class="literal">testparm</code> 15 15 will prompt for a carriage return after printing the service 16 16 names and before dumping the service definitions.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. … … 42 42 be supplied.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">hostIP</span></dt><dd><p>This is the IP address of the host specified 43 43 in the previous parameter. This address must be supplied 44 if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58314"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration44 if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483766"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration 45 45 file used by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>. 46 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58348"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>The program will issue a message saying whether the46 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483801"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>The program will issue a message saying whether the 47 47 configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceded by 48 48 errors and warnings if the file did not load. If the file was 49 49 loaded OK, the program then dumps all known service details 50 to stdout. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58360"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of51 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58370"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299765"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities50 to stdout. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481491"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 51 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481502"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481528"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 52 52 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 53 53 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/umount.cifs.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>umount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="umount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>umount.cifs — for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> {mount-point} [-nVvhfle]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258186"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>umount.cifs unmounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It can be invoked1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>umount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="umount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>umount.cifs — for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> {mount-point} [-nVvhfle]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522946"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>umount.cifs unmounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It can be invoked 2 2 indirectly by the 3 3 <a class="citerefentry" href="umount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount</span>(8)</span></a> command … … 12 12 setuid root (or equivalently update the /etc/permissions file) to allow non-root users to umount shares to directories for which they have write permission. The umount.cifs utility is typically 13 13 not needed if unmounts need only be performed by root users, or if user mounts and unmounts 14 can rely on specifying explicit entries in /etc/fstab See</p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="fstab.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">fstab</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90818"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>print additional debugging information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--no-mtab</span></dt><dd><p>Do not update the mtab even if unmount completes successfully (/proc/mounts will still display the correct information)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290850"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command is normally intended to be installed setuid (since root users can already run unmount). An alternative to using umount.cifs is to add specfic entries for the user mounts that you wish a particular user or users to mount and unmount to /etc/fstab</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258934"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>14 can rely on specifying explicit entries in /etc/fstab See</p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="fstab.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">fstab</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483381"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>print additional debugging information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--no-mtab</span></dt><dd><p>Do not update the mtab even if unmount completes successfully (/proc/mounts will still display the correct information)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483415"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command is normally intended to be installed setuid (since root users can already run unmount). An alternative to using umount.cifs is to add specfic entries for the user mounts that you wish a particular user or users to mount and unmount to /etc/fstab</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483546"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p> 15 15 The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading 16 16 debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem. … … 18 18 configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information. 19 19 For more information see the kernel file <code class="filename">fs/cifs/README</code>. 20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58958"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>At this time umount.cifs does not lock the mount table using the same lock as the umount utility does, so do not attempt to do multiple unmounts from different processes (and in particular unmounts of a cifs mount and another type of filesystem mount at the same time).20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483573"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>At this time umount.cifs does not lock the mount table using the same lock as the umount utility does, so do not attempt to do multiple unmounts from different processes (and in particular unmounts of a cifs mount and another type of filesystem mount at the same time). 21 21 </p><p>If the same mount point is mounted multiple times by cifs, umount.cifs will remove all of the matching entries from the mount table (although umount.cifs will actually only unmount the last one), rather than only removing the last matching entry in /etc/mtab. The pseudofile /proc/mounts will display correct information though, and the lack of an entry in /etc/mtab does not prevent subsequent unmounts.</p><p> 22 22 Note that the typical response to a bug report is a suggestion … … 25 25 when reporting bugs (minimum: umount.cifs (try umount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and 26 26 server type you are trying to contact. 27 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58983"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.34 of28 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.12).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58993"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>27 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483607"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.34 of 28 the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.12).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483619"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 29 29 Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel 30 30 source tree may contain additional options and information. 31 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="mount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59013"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax was loosely based on the umount utility and the manpage was loosely based on that of mount.cifs.8. The man page was created by Steve French</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace31 </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="mount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483640"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax was loosely based on the umount utility and the manpage was loosely based on that of mount.cifs.8. The man page was created by Steve French</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace 32 32 tool <span class="emphasis"><em>umount.cifs</em></span> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>. 33 33 The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org" target="_top">Linux CIFS Mailing list</a> -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_audit.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_audit</code> VFS module records selected 3 3 client operations to the system log using 4 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p>The following Samba VFS operations are recorded:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr></table><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90841"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">audit:facility = FACILITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages to the named4 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p>The following Samba VFS operations are recorded:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr></table><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483394"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">audit:facility = FACILITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages to the named 5 5 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> facility. 6 6 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">audit:priority = PRIORITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages with the named 8 8 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority. 9 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58964"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility9 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483562"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility 10 10 and NOTICE priority:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 11 11 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = audit</a>13 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:FACILITY" >audit:facility = LOCAL1</a>14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:PRIORITY" >audit:priority = NOTICE</a>15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58367"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.16 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58377"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = audit</a> 13 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:FACILITY" target="_top">audit:facility = LOCAL1</a> 14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:PRIORITY" target="_top">audit:priority = NOTICE</a> 15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483718"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 16 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483729"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 17 17 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 18 18 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_cacheprime.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cacheprime</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cacheprime.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cacheprime — prime the kernel file data cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cacheprime</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258170"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cacheprime</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cacheprime.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cacheprime — prime the kernel file data cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cacheprime</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_cacheprime</code> VFS module reads chunks 3 3 of file data near the range requested by clients in order to … … 8 8 on boundaries that are a multiple of this size. Each range of 9 9 the file data is primed at most once during the time the client 10 has the file open. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90793"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">cacheprime:rsize = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The number of bytes with which to prime11 the kernel data cache.</p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90850"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>For a hypothetical disk array, it is necessary to ensure10 has the file open. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483351"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">cacheprime:rsize = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The number of bytes with which to prime 11 the kernel data cache.</p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483410"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>For a hypothetical disk array, it is necessary to ensure 12 12 that all read operations are of size 1 megabyte (1048576 bytes), 13 13 and aligned on 1 megabyte boundaries: 14 14 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 15 15 <em class="parameter"><code>[hypothetical]</code></em> 16 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = cacheprime</a>17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CACHEPRIME:RSIZE" >cacheprime:rsize = 1M</a>18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59066"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">cacheprime</code> is not a a substitute for16 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = cacheprime</a> 17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CACHEPRIME:RSIZE" target="_top">cacheprime:rsize = 1M</a> 18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483669"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">cacheprime</code> is not a a substitute for 19 19 a general-purpose readahead mechanism. It is intended for use 20 20 only in very specific environments where disk operations must 21 21 be aligned and sized to known values (as much as that is possible). 22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58249"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58259"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities22 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483687"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 23 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483698"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 24 24 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 25 25 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_cap.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cap — CAP encode filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cap</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cap — CAP encode filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cap</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522927"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>CAP (Columbia Appletalk Protocol) encoding is a 3 3 technique for representing non-ASCII filenames in ASCII. The … … 5 5 from CAP format, allowing users to name files in their native 6 6 encoding. </p><p>CAP encoding is most commonly 7 used in Japanese language environments. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90785"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>On a system using GNU libiconv, use CAP encoding to support7 used in Japanese language environments. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522966"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>On a system using GNU libiconv, use CAP encoding to support 8 8 users in the Shift_JIS locale:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 9 9 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 10 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOSCHARSET" >dos charset = CP932</a>11 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOSCHARSET" >dos charset = CP932</a>12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = cap</a>13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59058"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59067"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities10 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOSCHARSET" target="_top">dos charset = CP932</a> 11 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOSCHARSET" target="_top">dos charset = CP932</a> 12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = cap</a> 13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483390"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483401"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_catia.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_catia</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_catia.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_catia — translate illegal characters in Catia filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = catia</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_catia</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_catia.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_catia — translate illegal characters in Catia filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = catia</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Catia CAD package commonly creates filenames that 3 3 use characters that are illegal in CIFS filenames. The 4 4 <code class="literal">vfs_catia</code> VFS module implements a fixed character 5 5 mapping so that these files can be shared with CIFS clients. 6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90782"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Map Catia filenames on the [CAD] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522962"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Map Catia filenames on the [CAD] share:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 7 7 <em class="parameter"><code>[CAD]</code></em> 8 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path = /data/cad</a>9 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = catia</a>10 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59048"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59058"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities8 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /data/cad</a> 9 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = catia</a> 10 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483376"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483387"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 12 12 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 13 13 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_commit.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_commit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_commit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_commit — flush dirty data at specified intervals</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = commit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_commit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_commit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_commit — flush dirty data at specified intervals</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = commit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_commit</code> VFS module keeps track of 3 3 the amount of data written to a file and synchronizes it to … … 8 8 commit:dthresh value. Secondly, write performance can be 9 9 improved on some systems by flushing file data early and at 10 regular intervals.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90791"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">commit:dthresh = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Synchronize file data each time the specified10 regular intervals.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483346"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">commit:dthresh = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Synchronize file data each time the specified 11 11 number of bytes has been written. 12 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90848"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Synchronize the file data on the [precious] share after12 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483405"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Synchronize the file data on the [precious] share after 13 13 every 512 kilobytes (524288 bytes) of data is written:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 14 14 <em class="parameter"><code>[precious]</code></em> 15 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path = /data/precious</a>16 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = commit</a>17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#COMMIT:DTHRESH" >commit:dthresh = 512K</a>18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58242"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>On some systems, the data synchronization performed by15 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /data/precious</a> 16 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = commit</a> 17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#COMMIT:DTHRESH" target="_top">commit:dthresh = 512K</a> 18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483675"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>On some systems, the data synchronization performed by 19 19 <code class="literal">commit</code> may reduce performance. 20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58258"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58268"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483692"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483703"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 22 22 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 23 23 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_default_quota.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_default_quota</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_default_quota.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_default_quota — store default quota records for Windows clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = default_quota</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_default_quota</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_default_quota.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_default_quota — store default quota records for Windows clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = default_quota</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522930"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> 3 3 suite.</p><p>Many common quota implementations only store … … 10 10 the default quota to the quota record of a user. By default the 11 11 root user is taken because quota limits for root are typically 12 not enforced.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90792"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">default_quota:uid = UID</span></dt><dd><p>UID specifies the user ID of the quota record where the12 not enforced.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483353"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">default_quota:uid = UID</span></dt><dd><p>UID specifies the user ID of the quota record where the 13 13 default user quota values are stored. 14 14 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">default_quota:gid = GID</span></dt><dd><p>GID specifies the group ID of the quota record where the … … 22 22 be reported as having a quota of NO_LIMIT. Otherwise, 23 23 the stored values will be reported. 24 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58930"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Store the default quota record in the quota record for24 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483532"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Store the default quota record in the quota record for 25 25 the user with ID 65535 and report that user as having no quota 26 26 limits:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 27 27 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 28 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = default_quota</a>29 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UID" >default_quota:uid = 65535</a>30 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UIDNOLIMIT" >default_quota:uid nolimit = yes</a>31 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58254"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.32 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58263"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities28 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = default_quota</a> 29 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UID" target="_top">default_quota:uid = 65535</a> 30 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UIDNOLIMIT" target="_top">default_quota:uid nolimit = yes</a> 31 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483687"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 32 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483698"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 33 33 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 34 34 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_extd_audit.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_extd_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_extd_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_extd_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = extd_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258170"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_extd_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_extd_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_extd_audit — record selected Samba VFS operations</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = extd_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">extd_audit</code> VFS module records selected 3 3 client operations to both the … … 8 8 <code class="literal">vfs_extd_audit</code> is identical to 9 9 <a class="citerefentry" href="vfs_audit.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">vfs_audit</span>(8)</span></a>. 10 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90822"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90832"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities10 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483373"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483384"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 12 12 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 13 13 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_fake_perms.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fake_perms</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_fake_perms.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fake_perms — enable read only Roaming Profiles</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fake_perms</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258170"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fake_perms</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_fake_perms.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fake_perms — enable read only Roaming Profiles</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fake_perms</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_fake_perms</code> VFS module was created 3 3 to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on … … 7 7 the client even though the files will never be overwritten as 8 8 the client logs out or shuts down. 9 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90784"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">9 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522965"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting"> 10 10 <em class="parameter"><code>[Profiles]</code></em> 11 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path = /profiles</a>12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = fake_perms</a>13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59048"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59058"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities11 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /profiles</a> 12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = fake_perms</a> 13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483375"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 14 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483385"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 15 15 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 16 16 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_full_audit.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_full_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_full_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_full_audit — record Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = full_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_full_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_full_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_full_audit — record Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = full_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522929"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> VFS module records selected 3 3 client operations to the system log using … … 11 11 format is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> 12 12 smbd_audit: PREFIX|OPERATION|RESULT|FILE 13 </pre><p>The record fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">PREFIX</code> - the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">OPERATION</code> - the name of the VFS operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">RESULT</code> - whether the operation succeeded or failed</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">FILE</code> - the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on</p></li></ul></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99797"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_full_audit:prefix = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Prepend audit messages with STRING. STRING is13 </pre><p>The record fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">PREFIX</code> - the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">OPERATION</code> - the name of the VFS operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">RESULT</code> - whether the operation succeeded or failed</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">FILE</code> - the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on</p></li></ul></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481544"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_full_audit:prefix = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Prepend audit messages with STRING. STRING is 14 14 processed for standard substitution variables listed in 15 15 <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>. The default … … 25 25 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">full_audit:priority = PRIORITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages with the named 26 26 <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority. 27 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99897"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log file and directory open operations on the [records]27 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481650"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log file and directory open operations on the [records] 28 28 share using the LOCAL7 facility and ALERT priority, including 29 29 the username and IP address:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 30 30 <em class="parameter"><code>[records]</code></em> 31 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path = /data/records</a>32 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = full_audit</a>33 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:PREFIX" >full_audit:prefix = %u|%I</a>34 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:SUCCESS" >full_audit:success = open opendir</a>35 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:FAILURE" >full_audit:failure = all</a>36 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:FACILITY" >full_audit:facility = LOCAL7</a>37 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:PRIORITY" >full_audit:priority = ALERT</a>38 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300071"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.39 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300081"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities31 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /data/records</a> 32 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = full_audit</a> 33 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:PREFIX" target="_top">full_audit:prefix = %u|%I</a> 34 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:SUCCESS" target="_top">full_audit:success = open opendir</a> 35 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:FAILURE" target="_top">full_audit:failure = all</a> 36 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:FACILITY" target="_top">full_audit:facility = LOCAL7</a> 37 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:PRIORITY" target="_top">full_audit:priority = ALERT</a> 38 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481853"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 39 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481863"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 40 40 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 41 41 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_netatalk.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_netatalk</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_netatalk.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_netatalk — hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = netatalk</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_netatalk</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_netatalk.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_netatalk — hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = netatalk</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_netatalk</code> VFS module dynamically 3 3 hides .AppleDouble files, preventing spurious errors on some 4 4 CIFS clients. .AppleDouble files may be created by historic 5 implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90782"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Hide .AppleDouble files on the [data] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">5 implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522962"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Hide .AppleDouble files on the [data] share:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 6 6 <em class="parameter"><code>[data]</code></em> 7 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = netatalk</a>8 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59037"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This module is largely historic and unlikely to be of use7 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = netatalk</a> 8 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483366"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This module is largely historic and unlikely to be of use 9 9 in modern networks since current Apple systems are able to mount CIFS 10 10 shares natively. 11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59048"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.12 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59058"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities11 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483378"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 12 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483389"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 13 13 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 14 14 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_prealloc.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_prealloc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_prealloc.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_prealloc — preallocate matching files to a predetermined size</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = prealloc</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_prealloc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_prealloc.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_prealloc — preallocate matching files to a predetermined size</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = prealloc</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522929"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> VFS module preallocates 3 3 files to a specified size each time a new file is created. This 4 4 is useful in environments where files are of a predetermined 5 5 size will be written to a disk subsystem where extending file 6 allocations is expensive. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90781"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">prealloc:EXT = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Preallocate all files with the extension EXT to6 allocations is expensive. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522964"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">prealloc:EXT = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Preallocate all files with the extension EXT to 7 7 the size specified by BYTES. 8 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90838"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A process writes TIFF files to a Samba share, and the8 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483394"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A process writes TIFF files to a Samba share, and the 9 9 is known these files will almost always be around 4 megabytes 10 10 (4194304 bytes): </p><pre class="programlisting"> 11 11 <em class="parameter"><code>[frames]</code></em> 12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path = /data/frames</a>13 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = prealloc</a>14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREALLOC:TIFF" >prealloc:tiff = 4M</a>15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59065"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> is not supported on all12 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /data/frames</a> 13 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = prealloc</a> 14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREALLOC:TIFF" target="_top">prealloc:tiff = 4M</a> 15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483666"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> is not supported on all 16 16 platforms and filesystems. Currently only XFS filesystems on 17 17 Linux and IRIX are supported. 18 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58247"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.19 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58257"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities18 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483682"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 19 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483694"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 20 20 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 21 21 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_readonly.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_readonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readonly — make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_readonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readonly — make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522929"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_readonly</code> VFS module marks a share 3 3 as read only for all clients connecting within the configured 4 4 time period. Clients connecting during this time will be denied 5 5 write access to all files in the share, irrespective of ther 6 actual access privileges.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90782"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">readonly:period = BEGIN, END</span></dt><dd><p>Only mark the share as read only if the client6 actual access privileges.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522964"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">readonly:period = BEGIN, END</span></dt><dd><p>Only mark the share as read only if the client 7 7 connection was made between the times marked by the 8 8 BEGIN and END date specifiers. … … 10 10 same as that accepted by the -d option of GNU 11 11 <a class="citerefentry" href="date.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a>. 12 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90815"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Mark all shares read only:</p><pre class="programlisting">12 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483372"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Mark all shares read only:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 13 13 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = readonly</a>14 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = readonly</a> 15 15 </pre><p>Mark the [backup] share as read only during business hours:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 16 16 <em class="parameter"><code>[backup]</code></em> 17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" >path = /readonly</a>18 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = readonly</a>19 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY:PERIOD" >readonly:period = readonly:period = "today 9:00","today 17:00"</a>20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59064"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58241"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities17 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /readonly</a> 18 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = readonly</a> 19 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY:PERIOD" target="_top">readonly:period = readonly:period = "today 9:00","today 17:00"</a> 20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483667"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 21 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483678"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 22 22 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 23 23 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_recycle.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_recycle</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_recycle.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_recycle — Samba VFS recycle bin</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = recycle</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258169"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_recycle</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_recycle.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_recycle — Samba VFS recycle bin</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = recycle</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522928"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_recycle</code> intercepts file deletion 3 3 requests and moves the affected files to a temporary repository … … 11 11 can recover files from the recycle bin. If the recycle:keeptree 12 12 option has been specified, deleted files will be found in a path 13 identical with that from which the file was deleted. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90790"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">recycle:repository = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where deleted files should be moved.13 identical with that from which the file was deleted. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483347"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">recycle:repository = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where deleted files should be moved. 14 14 </p><p>If this option is not set, the default path .recycle 15 15 is used. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:directory_mode = MODE</span></dt><dd><p>Set MODE to the octal mode the recycle repository … … 48 48 and ? are supported) for which no versioning should 49 49 be used. Only useful when recycle:versions is enabled. 50 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259053"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility 51 and NOTICE priority:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 52 <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em> 53 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = recycle</a> 54 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:FACILITY">recycle:facility = LOCAL1</a> 55 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:PRIORITY">recycle:priority = NOTICE</a> 56 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258375"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 57 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id299753"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 50 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483670"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Move files "deleted" on <em class="parameter"><code>share</code></em> to 51 <em class="parameter"><code>/data/share/.recycle</code></em> instead of deleting them: 52 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 53 <em class="parameter"><code>[share]</code></em> 54 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path = /data/share</a> 55 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = recycle</a> 56 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:REPOSITORY" target="_top">recycle:repository = .recycle</a> 57 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:KEEPTREE" target="_top">recycle:keeptree = yes</a> 58 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:VERSIONS" target="_top">recycle:versions = yes</a> 59 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481527"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 60 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481538"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 58 61 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 59 62 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy — Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258170"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy — Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522930"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the 2 2 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> VFS module functionality 3 3 that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services. When setup properly, 4 4 this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse 5 5 "shadow copies" on Samba shares. 6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90782"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> relies on a filesystem6 </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522964"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> relies on a filesystem 7 7 snapshot implementation. Many common filesystems have native 8 8 support for this. … … 17 17 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 18 18 TZ=GMT date +@GMT-%Y.%m.%d-%H.%M.%S 19 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58962"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting">19 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483562"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting"> 20 20 <em class="parameter"><code>[homes]</code></em> 21 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" >vfs objects = shadow_copy</a>22 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58346"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution.21 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS" target="_top">vfs objects = shadow_copy</a> 22 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483697"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution. 23 23 </p><p>With Samba or Windows servers, 24 24 <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> is designed to be an end-user … … 26 26 archival solutions and should in no way be considered as 27 27 such. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a 28 version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58367"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58377"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities28 version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483721"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite. 29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483732"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 30 30 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 31 31 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfstest.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest — tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logdir] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id290779"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a small command line1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest — tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logdir] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2522958"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a small command line 2 2 utility that has the ability to test dso samba VFS modules. It gives the 3 3 user the ability to call the various VFS functions manually and 4 4 supports cascaded VFS modules. 5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90807"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c|--command=command</span></dt><dd><p>Execute the specified (colon-separated) commands.5 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483360"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c|--command=command</span></dt><dd><p>Execute the specified (colon-separated) commands. 6 6 See below for the commands that are available. 7 7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. … … 21 21 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 22 22 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 23 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter23 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 24 24 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 25 25 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 33 33 <code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient, 34 34 log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client. 35 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58289"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">load <module.so></code> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">populate <char> <size></code> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data35 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483734"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">load <module.so></code> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">populate <char> <size></code> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data 36 36 </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">showdata [<offset> <len>]</code> - Show data currently in data buffer 37 </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">connect</code> - VFS connect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disconnect</code> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disk_free</code> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">opendir</code> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readdir</code> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mkdir</code> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rmdir</code> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">closedir</code> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">open</code> - VFS open()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">close</code> - VFS close()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">read</code> - VFS read()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">write</code> - VFS write()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lseek</code> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rename</code> - VFS rename()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fsync</code> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">stat</code> - VFS stat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fstat</code> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lstat</code> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">unlink</code> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chmod</code> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchmod</code> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chown</code> - VFS chown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchown</code> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chdir</code> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">getwd</code> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">utime</code> - VFS utime()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ftruncate</code> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lock</code> - VFS lock()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">symlink</code> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readlink</code> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">link</code> - VFS link()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mknod</code> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">realpath</code> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">conf <smb.conf></code> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">help [<command>]</code> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">debuglevel <level></code> - Set debug level</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">freemem</code> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">exit</code> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300032"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba38 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300041"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities37 </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">connect</code> - VFS connect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disconnect</code> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disk_free</code> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">opendir</code> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readdir</code> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mkdir</code> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rmdir</code> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">closedir</code> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">open</code> - VFS open()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">close</code> - VFS close()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">read</code> - VFS read()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">write</code> - VFS write()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lseek</code> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rename</code> - VFS rename()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fsync</code> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">stat</code> - VFS stat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fstat</code> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lstat</code> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">unlink</code> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chmod</code> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchmod</code> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chown</code> - VFS chown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchown</code> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chdir</code> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">getwd</code> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">utime</code> - VFS utime()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ftruncate</code> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lock</code> - VFS lock()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">symlink</code> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readlink</code> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">link</code> - VFS link()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mknod</code> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">realpath</code> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">conf <smb.conf></code> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">help [<command>]</code> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">debuglevel <level></code> - Set debug level</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">freemem</code> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">exit</code> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481816"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba 38 suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481827"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 39 39 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 40 40 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/wbinfo.1.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo — Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> [-a user%password] [--all-domains] [--allocate-gid] [--allocate-uid] [-D domain] [--domain domain] [-g] [--getdcname domain] [--get-auth-user] [-G gid] [-h] [-i user] [-I ip] [-K user%password] [-m] [-n name] [-N netbios-name] [--own-domain] [-p] [-r user] [-s sid] [--separator] [--sequence] [--set-auth-user user%password] [-S sid] [-t] [-u] [--uid-info uid] [--user-domgroups sid] [--user-sids sid] [-U uid] [-V] [-Y sid] [--verbose]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id258247"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program queries and returns information1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo — Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> [-a user%password] [--all-domains] [--allocate-gid] [--allocate-uid] [-D domain] [--domain domain] [-g] [--getdcname domain] [--get-auth-user] [-G gid] [-h] [-i user] [-I ip] [-K user%password] [-m] [-n name] [-N netbios-name] [--own-domain] [-p] [-r user] [-s sid] [--separator] [--sequence] [--set-auth-user user%password] [-S sid] [-t] [-u] [--uid-info uid] [--user-domgroups sid] [--user-sids sid] [-U uid] [-V] [-Y sid] [--verbose]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483679"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program queries and returns information 2 2 created and used by the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon. </p><p>The <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be configured 3 3 and running for the <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program to be able 4 to return information.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 58299"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--authenticate username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via winbindd.4 to return information.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483735"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--authenticate username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via winbindd. 5 5 This checks both authenticaion methods and reports its results. 6 6 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Do not be tempted to use this … … 83 83 the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 84 84 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. 85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300219"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation85 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2482018"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation 86 86 succeeded, or 1 if the operation failed. If the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is not working <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> will always return 87 failure. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300243"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of88 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300254"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300276"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities87 failure. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2482044"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of 88 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532519"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532541"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 89 89 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 90 90 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar -
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/winbindd.8.html
r158 r286 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbindd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7 3.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="winbindd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbindd — Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names2 from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-Y] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 90810"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon that provides1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbindd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="winbindd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbindd — Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names 2 from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-Y] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2483363"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon that provides 3 3 a number of services to the Name Service Switch capability found 4 4 in most modern C libraries, to arbitrary applications via PAM … … 7 7 and the <code class="literal">pam_winbind.so</code> PAM module, by managing connections to 8 8 domain controllers. In this configuration the 9 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID" >idmap uid</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>9 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID" target="_top">idmap uid</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID" target="_top">idmap gid</a> 10 10 parameters are not required. (This is known as `netlogon proxy only mode'.)</p><p>The Name Service Switch allows user 11 11 and system information to be obtained from different databases … … 59 59 WINS server.</p><pre class="programlisting"> 60 60 hosts: files wins 61 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 99800"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes61 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481563"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes 62 62 the main <code class="literal">winbindd</code> process to not daemonize, 63 63 i.e. double-fork and disassociate with the terminal. … … 83 83 use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log 84 84 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will 85 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" >log level</a> parameter85 override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL" target="_top">log level</a> parameter 86 86 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number. 87 87 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the … … 112 112 default behavior is to launch a child process that is responsible for 113 113 updating expired cache entries. 114 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300022"></a><h2>NAME AND ID RESOLUTION</h2><p>Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned114 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481823"></a><h2>NAME AND ID RESOLUTION</h2><p>Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned 115 115 a security id (SID) which is globally unique when the 116 116 user or group is created. To convert the Windows NT user or group … … 126 126 store is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd to 127 127 determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user 128 and group rids. </p><p>See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" >idmap domains</a> or the old <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a> parameters in128 and group rids. </p><p>See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS" target="_top">idmap domains</a> or the old <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" target="_top">idmap backend</a> parameters in 129 129 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for options for sharing this 130 database, such as via LDAP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300075"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon130 database, such as via LDAP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2481893"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon 131 131 is done through configuration parameters in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. All parameters should be specified in the 132 132 [global] section of smb.conf. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> 133 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" >winbind separator</a></p></li><li><p>134 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID" >idmap uid</a></p></li><li><p>135 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID" >idmap gid</a></p></li><li><p>136 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" >idmap backend</a></p></li><li><p>137 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME" >winbind cache time</a></p></li><li><p>138 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" >winbind enum users</a></p></li><li><p>139 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" >winbind enum groups</a></p></li><li><p>140 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" >template homedir</a></p></li><li><p>141 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL" >template shell</a></p></li><li><p>142 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" >winbind use default domain</a></p></li><li><p>143 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBIND:RPCONLY" >winbind: rpc only</a>133 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top">winbind separator</a></p></li><li><p> 134 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID" target="_top">idmap uid</a></p></li><li><p> 135 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID" target="_top">idmap gid</a></p></li><li><p> 136 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" target="_top">idmap backend</a></p></li><li><p> 137 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME" target="_top">winbind cache time</a></p></li><li><p> 138 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" target="_top">winbind enum users</a></p></li><li><p> 139 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" target="_top">winbind enum groups</a></p></li><li><p> 140 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" target="_top">template homedir</a></p></li><li><p> 141 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL" target="_top">template shell</a></p></li><li><p> 142 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" target="_top">winbind use default domain</a></p></li><li><p> 143 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBIND:RPCONLY" target="_top">winbind: rpc only</a> 144 144 Setting this parameter forces winbindd to use RPC 145 145 instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain 146 146 Controllers. 147 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300220"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>147 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532543"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p> 148 148 To setup winbindd for user and group lookups plus 149 149 authentication from a domain controller use something like the … … 196 196 the DOMAIN+user syntax for the username. You may wish to use the 197 197 commands <code class="literal">getent passwd</code> and <code class="literal">getent group 198 </code> to confirm the correct operation of winbindd.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300393"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>The following notes are useful when configuring and198 </code> to confirm the correct operation of winbindd.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532734"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>The following notes are useful when configuring and 199 199 running <code class="literal">winbindd</code>: </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> must be running on the local machine 200 200 for <code class="literal">winbindd</code> to work. </p><p>PAM is really easy to misconfigure. Make sure you know what … … 203 203 then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not 204 204 be the same. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local 205 machine, unless a shared <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" >idmap backend</a> is configured.</p><p>If the the Windows NT SID to UNIX user and group id mapping206 file is damaged or destroyed then the mappings will be lost. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300450"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>The following signals can be used to manipulate the205 machine, unless a shared <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND" target="_top">idmap backend</a> is configured.</p><p>If the the Windows NT SID to UNIX user and group id mapping 206 file is damaged or destroyed then the mappings will be lost. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532799"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>The following signals can be used to manipulate the 207 207 <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SIGHUP</span></dt><dd><p>Reload the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and 208 208 apply any parameter changes to the running … … 212 212 winbindd</code> to write status information to the winbind 213 213 log file.</p><p>Log files are stored in the filename specified by the 214 log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300508"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</code></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with214 log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2532862"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</code></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with 215 215 the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> program. For security reasons, the 216 216 winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon … … 233 233 This directory is by default <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var/locks 234 234 </code>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Storage for cached user and group information. 235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300641"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of236 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id 300651"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="filename">nsswitch.conf(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300706"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities235 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533008"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of 236 the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533019"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="filename">nsswitch.conf(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2533074"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities 237 237 were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 238 238 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
Note:
See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.